ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORTenvironmentclearance.nic.in/writereaddata/EIA/050220190QIF6GNEA… · EIA REPORT FOR PROPOSED OF MANUFACTURING OF SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICALS

EIA REPORT

FOR PROPOSED OF MANUFACTURING OF SYNTHETIC ORGANIC CHEMICALS

Green Circle Inc. Page-1 M/s. Aditya Color Chem.

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT REPORT

For Proposed Project

MANUFACTURING OF S.O. DYES (130 MTM)

By

M/s. ADITYA COLOR CHEM

Plot No.66-70, Rudra Industrial Park Bakrol,

Village: Bakrol (Bujrang), Tal: Daskroi:

Ahmedabad, Gujarat 382210.

March, 2018

Environmental Consultant:

GREEN CIRCLE INC., VADODARA

EIA REPORT


Green Circle Inc. Page 2 M/s. Aditya Color Chem.

EIA REPORT



GR EEN CI R CLE, I N C.

Integrated HSEQR Consulting Engineers, Scientists & Trainers

(MoEF Recognized Environment Laboratory)

(An ISO: 9001, 14001, OHSAS: 18001 Certified Organization & GPCB approved Environment Auditor – Schedule II)

EIA Certificate

This is to certify that M/s. Green Circle, Inc.

Vadodara has conducted EIA study for “Proposed

Manufacturing of S.O. Dyes” at Plot No.66-70,

Rudra Industrial Park,Bakrol, Village: Bakrol

(Bujrang), Tal: Daskroi: Ahmadabad, Gujarat 382210

by M/s. Aditya Color Chem” the period of Dec 2017 to

Feb 2018.

For: Green Circle Inc;

Mr. Pradeep Joshi

Group President & CEO

EIA REPORT



QUALITY CONTROL SHEET

Date

Reason History Prepared &

compiled By Reviewed

By

Approved by

Validated by

R00, July 2018

Final EIA Report

SA, DP

DM, VB

PJ

PJ

PJ: Pradeep Joshi DP: Disha Patel

VB: Vikash Bhagat SA: Sandhya Agnihotri

COMPILED

& PREPARED BY

DISHA PATEL

SANDHYA AGNIHOTRI

Signature

Reviewed by

Dr. DEEPIKA MANDAL

VIKASH BHAGAT

Signature

Approved by

PRADEEP JOSHI, GROUP PRESIDENT & CEO

Signature

Released by

ANUSHREE JOSHI – CORPORATE VP

Signature

Project Team

S. No. Name

1. Mr. Ram Raghav

2. Ms. Shital Parmar

3. Mr. Arslan Ahmed Qureshi 4. Mr. Vaibhav Parmar

EIA REPORT



Table of Contents

CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION .................................................................................................................................... 24

1.1. INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................................................................... 24 1.2. PURPOSE OF THE STUDY ....................................................................................................................................................... 24 1.3. IDENTIFICATION OF PROJECT AND PROJECT PROPONENT ...................................................................................................... 24 1.4. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF NATURE, SIZE, LOCATION OF THE PROJECT AND ITS IMPORTANCE TO COUNTRY, REGION ............................. 25

1.4.1. Nature and size of the Project ........................................................................................................................ 25 1.4.2. Locationof the Project site ............................................................................................................................. 25 1.4.3. Importance to country, region ....................................................................................................................... 25

1.5. SCOPE AND METHODOLOGY OF THE STUDY ............................................................................................................................. 25 1.6. APPLICABLE ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS ..................................................................................................................... 26 1.7. APPROVED TOR FOR EIA STUDY BY SEAC ........................................................................................................................ 27 1.8. STRUCTURE OF THE REPORT ........................................................................................................................................... 37

CHAPTER 2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................................... 39

2.1. INTRODUCTION ........................................................................................................................................................... 39 2.2. TYPE OF PROJECT ......................................................................................................................................................... 39 2.3. NEED FOR THE PROJECT ................................................................................................................................................ 39 2.4. JUSTIFICATION OF PROJECT ............................................................................................................................................ 39 2.5. PROJECT COST ............................................................................................................................................................ 39 2.6. LOCATION OF THE PROJECT SITE ...................................................................................................................................... 40

2.6.1. Land requirement details ............................................................................................................................... 41 2.6.2. Environmental Settings .................................................................................................................................. 44

2.7. SIZE OR MAGNITUDE OF OPERATION ................................................................................................................................ 44 2.7.1. Products and Production Capacities .............................................................................................................. 44 2.7.2. Details of By-products .................................................................................................................................... 44 2.7.3 Raw Materials Requirement ............................................................................................................................... 45 2.7.4 Details & MSDS of Raw materials ...................................................................................................................... 65

2.8. PROPOSED SCHEDULE FOR APPROVAL AND IMPLEMENTATION ............................................................................................... 68 2.9. MANUFACTURING PROCESS ........................................................................................................................................... 68

2.9.1. Type 1 Manufacturing Process For Synthetic Organic Liquid Dyes: ............................................................... 68 2.9.2. Type 2 Manufacturing Process for Synthetic Organic Liquid Dyes: ................................................................ 70 2.9.3. Manufacturing Process for Synthetic Organic Powder Dyes: ......................................................................... 70 2.9.4. Acid Yellow 151 .............................................................................................................................................. 70 2.9.5. Acid Yellow 194 .............................................................................................................................................. 71 2.9.6. Acid Red 34 .................................................................................................................................................... 71 2.9.7. Acid Red 183 .................................................................................................................................................. 72 2.9.8. Acid Red 186 .................................................................................................................................................. 72 2.9.9. Acid Brown 75 ................................................................................................................................................ 73 2.9.10. Acid Brown 83 ................................................................................................................................................ 74 2.9.11. Acid Brown 161 .............................................................................................................................................. 75 2.9.12. Acid Brown 165 .............................................................................................................................................. 75 2.9.13. Acid Brown 282 .............................................................................................................................................. 76 2.9.14. Acid Brown 355: ............................................................................................................................................. 77 2.9.15. Acid Brown 365: ............................................................................................................................................. 78 2.9.16. Acid Brown 425 .............................................................................................................................................. 78 2.9.17. Acid Brown 432 .............................................................................................................................................. 79 2.9.18. Acid Brown 434 .............................................................................................................................................. 79

EIA REPORT



2.9.19. Acid Blue 113 ................................................................................................................................................. 80 2.9.20. Acid Blue 158: ................................................................................................................................................ 81 2.9.21. Acid Blue 193: ................................................................................................................................................ 81 2.9.22. Acid Black 107: ............................................................................................................................................... 82 2.9.23. Acid Black 194 ................................................................................................................................................ 82 2.9.24. Acid Black 210 ................................................................................................................................................ 83 2.9.25. Acid Green104: ............................................................................................................................................... 83 2.9.26. Direct Yellow 11 / Direct Yellow 5 RA ............................................................................................................. 84 2.9.27. Direct Orange 26 ............................................................................................................................................ 84 2.9.28. Direct Orange 34 ............................................................................................................................................ 84 2.9.29. Direct Red 80 / Direct Red 5BR ..................................................................................................................... 85 2.9.30. Direct Red 239 / Direct scarlet 6BS ............................................................................................................... 85 2.9.31. Direct Blue 71 ................................................................................................................................................. 85 2.9.32. Direct Blue 279 ............................................................................................................................................... 86 2.9.33. Direct Blue 290 ............................................................................................................................................... 86 2.9.34. Direct Black 19 .............................................................................................................................................. 87 2.9.35. Direct Black 168 ............................................................................................................................................. 88 2.9.36. Direct Black 179 ............................................................................................................................................ 88 2.9.37. Direct Violet 9................................................................................................................................................. 89 2.9.38. Direct Violet 35............................................................................................................................................... 89 2.9.39. Direct Violet 51............................................................................................................................................... 90 2.9.40. Acid Yellow R Liquid[ Acid Yellow 36 ] ............................................................................................................ 91 2.9.41. Acid Yellow 79 Liquid ..................................................................................................................................... 91 2.9.42. Acid Orange 7Liquid ....................................................................................................................................... 92 2.9.43. Acid Orange 34 Liquid .................................................................................................................................... 92 2.9.44. Acid Red 249 Liquid ....................................................................................................................................... 93 2.9.45. Acid Black 194 ................................................................................................................................................ 93 2.9.46. Direct Yellow 11 ............................................................................................................................................. 94 2.9.47. Direct Yellow27 .............................................................................................................................................. 94 2.9.48. Direct Yellow 137 ........................................................................................................................................... 94 2.9.49. Direct Yellow / Direct Yellow 4GL Liquid [147 ] .............................................................................................. 95 2.9.50. Direct Yellow 157/ Direct Yellow 5GL Liquid .................................................................................................. 95 2.9.51. Direct Orange 34 ............................................................................................................................................ 96 2.9.52. Direct Orange 102 Liquid .............................................................................................................................. 97 2.9.53. Direct Red 80/Direct Red 5BR ........................................................................................................................ 97 2.9.54. Direct Red 81 / Direct Red 5BL ..................................................................................................................... 97 2.9.55. Direct Red 239 / Direct scarlet 6BS ............................................................................................................... 98 2.9.56. Direct Red 253 / Direct Red L3B ..................................................................................................................... 98 2.9.57. Direct Red 254 / Direct Pink 3B ...................................................................................................................... 99 2.9.58. Direct Blue 71 ................................................................................................................................................. 99 2.9.59. Direct Blue 199 / Turq. Blue FB L ................................................................................................................ 100 2.9.60. Direct Blue 279 ............................................................................................................................................ 100 2.9.61. Direct Blue 290 ............................................................................................................................................ 100 2.9.62. Direct Black 19 ............................................................................................................................................ 101 2.9.63. Direct Black 168 ........................................................................................................................................... 101 2.9.64. Direct Black 179 .......................................................................................................................................... 102 2.9.65. Direct Violet 9 .............................................................................................................................................. 103 2.9.66. Direct Violet 35 ............................................................................................................................................ 103 2.9.67. Direct Violet 51 ............................................................................................................................................ 104

2.10. PLANT INFRASTRUCTURE AND BASIC REQUIREMENTS ........................................................................................................ 105

EIA REPORT



2.10.1. List of plant machinery ................................................................................................................................. 105 2.10.2. Water requirement ...................................................................................................................................... 105 2.10.3. Power requirement ...................................................................................................................................... 106 2.10.4. Fuel requirement .......................................................................................................................................... 107 2.10.5. Manpower requirement ............................................................................................................................... 107

2.11. EMISSION, EFFLUENT GENERATION & WASTE GENERATION WITH CONTROL SYSTEM ............................................................... 108 2.11.1. Air Emission .................................................................................................................................................. 108 2.11.2. Effluent generation and its management .................................................................................................... 108 2.11.3. Solvent Recovery Plan .................................................................................................................................. 109 2.11.4. Details of the Hazardous Waste ................................................................................................................... 109 2.11.5. Details of the Non- Hazardous Waste .......................................................................................................... 110 2.11.6. Details of Solids Waste ................................................................................................................................. 110

2.12. GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT......................................................................................................................................... 110 2.13. RAIN WATER HARVESTING .......................................................................................................................................... 110 2.14. STORM WATER-COLLECTION AND DISPOSAL ................................................................................................................... 111

CHAPTER 3. DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT ................................................................................................. 112

3.1. INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................................................................... 112 3.2. METHODOLOGY ........................................................................................................................................................ 112 3.3. TOPOGRAPHY ........................................................................................................................................................... 114 3.4. GEOLOGY ................................................................................................................................................................. 115 3.5. GEOMORPHOLOGY & SOIL TYPES .................................................................................................................................. 116 3.6. HYDROGEOLOGY ........................................................................................................................................................ 116 3.7. SEISMOLOGY ............................................................................................................................................................. 116 3.8. LAND USE ................................................................................................................................................................. 117 3.9. METEOROLOGY ......................................................................................................................................................... 121 3.10. AMBIENT AIR QUALITY ............................................................................................................................................... 124 3.11. NOISE ENVIRONMENT ................................................................................................................................................. 128 3.12. WATER QUALITY ....................................................................................................................................................... 130 3.13. SOIL ENVIRONMENT ................................................................................................................................................... 135 3.14. BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT ......................................................................................................................................... 138 3.15. SOCIOECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT .................................................................................................................................. 143 3.16. TRAFFIC SURVEY ........................................................................................................................................................ 146

CHAPTER 4. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES .................................... 147

4.1. PRELUDE .................................................................................................................................................................. 147 4.2. VALUED ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENTS AND POTENTIAL IMPACTS ..................................................................................... 147

4.2.1. Potential Impacts during Project Operation................................................................................................. 147 4.3. POTENTIAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE ................................................................. 147

4.3.1. Air Environment ........................................................................................................................................... 148 4.3.2. Noise Level ................................................................................................................................................... 149 4.3.3. Water Resources & Quality .......................................................................................................................... 151 4.3.4. Land Environment ........................................................................................................................................ 151 4.3.5. Solid and Hazardous Waste ......................................................................................................................... 153 4.3.6. Storage of Hazardous Materials/Dumping Materials .................................................................................. 154 4.3.7. Socio-Economic Environment ....................................................................................................................... 154 4.3.8. Site Security and Safety ................................................................................................................................ 155 4.3.9. Health and well-being of Construction Workers .......................................................................................... 155

4.4. POTENTIAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES DURING OPERATION PHASE ...................................................................... 156 4.4.1. Air Environment ........................................................................................................................................... 156

EIA REPORT



4.4.2. Noise Environment ....................................................................................................................................... 161 4.4.3. Water Environment ...................................................................................................................................... 162 4.4.4. Storm Water ................................................................................................................................................ 162 4.4.5. Surface Water Quality .................................................................................................................................. 162 4.4.6. Land Environment ........................................................................................................................................ 162 4.4.7. Solid and Hazardous Waste ......................................................................................................................... 163 4.4.8. Socio-Economic Environment ....................................................................................................................... 164 4.4.9. Ecology and Biodiversity .............................................................................................................................. 165 4.4.10. Odour Problem ............................................................................................................................................. 165 4.4.11. Energy Conservation .................................................................................................................................... 166 4.4.12. Safety Provisions .......................................................................................................................................... 166

CHAPTER 5. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES ........................................................................................................ 167

5.1. INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................................................................... 167 5.2. ANALYSIS OF SITE ALTERNATIVE .................................................................................................................................... 167 5.3. ANALYSIS OFALTERNATIVE FOR TECHNOLOGIES ................................................................................................................ 168

CHAPTER 6. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAME .............................................................................. 169

6.1. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME ................................................................................................................ 169 6.2. OBJECTIVES OF MONITORING ....................................................................................................................................... 169 6.3. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAM..................................................................................................................... 169

6.3.1. Monitoring Equipment and Consumables .................................................................................................... 170 6.3.2. Environmental Budget ................................................................................................................................. 171 6.3.3. Emission Monitoring & Evaluation ............................................................................................................... 172 6.3.4. In House Capabilities for EMS Monitoring ................................................................................................... 172

CHAPTER 7. ADDITIONAL STUDIES .................................................................................................................. 173

7.1. Public Consultation……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………. 173

7.2. RISK ASSESSMENT ........................................................................................................................................................................................... 176 7.2.1. Hazard Identification& Risk Assessment (HIRA) ........................................................................................... 176

7.3. DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN .................................................................................................................................... 178 7.3.1. Introduction to Disaster Management Plan................................................................................................. 178 7.3.2. Information on risk evaluation preliminary hazard analysis ........................................................................ 181 7.3.3. Disaster preparedness .................................................................................................................................. 182 7.3.4. Safety and mitigating measures .................................................................................................................. 190 7.3.5. Post emergency planning ............................................................................................................................. 191 7.3.6. Health, Safety and Environmental Protection .............................................................................................. 191

7.4. RISK ASSESSMENT ................................................................................................................................................. 194 7.4.1. OTHER FACTORS CONSIDERED FOR RISK ASSESSMENT ............................................................................... 198 7.4.2. HAZARDS & DAMAGE CRIETERIA OF MATERIALS ........................................................................................ 200 7.4.3. Hazards Associated with Explosives chemicals ............................................................................................ 201 7.4.4. FATAL RADIATION EXPOSURE LEVELS .......................................................................................................... 201

7.5. CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS ..................................................................................................................................... 203 7.5.1. SELECTED FAILURE CASES ............................................................................................................................ 204 7.5.2. EFFECT OF RELEASE ...................................................................................................................................... 204 7.5.3. ConsequenceAnalysis results ........................................................................................................................ 206

7.6. CONCLUSION ............................................................................................................................................................ 228 7.7. PROPOSED CONTROL MEASURES .................................................................................................................................. 228 7.8. MITIGATION MEASURES GENERAL .......................................................................................................................... 228

EIA REPORT



CHAPTER 8. PROJECT BENEFITS ....................................................................................................................... 230

8.1. INTRODUCTION ......................................................................................................................................................... 230 8.2. IMPROVEMENT IN THE SOCIAL INFRASTRUCTURE .............................................................................................................. 230 8.3. CSR ACTIVITIES ......................................................................................................................................................... 230 8.4. ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT .......................................................................................................................................... 231 8.5. EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL ........................................................................................................................................... 231

CHAPTER 9. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ...................................................................................... 232

9.1. PRELUDE .................................................................................................................................................................. 232 9.2. THE ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ................................................................................................................... 232 9.3. OBJECTIVES OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN ..................................................................................................... 233 9.4. EMP FOR CONSTRUCTION PHASE ................................................................................................................................. 234

9.4.1. Air Environment, Noise Environment, water environmrnt, soil/Land Environment, management of Solid and Hazardous waste, management of Socio- economic and cultural Environment. .......................................................... 234

9.5. EMP FOR OPERATIONAL PHASE ................................................................................................................................... 234 9.5.1. Management of Air Environment ................................................................................................................ 235 9.5.2. Management of Noise Environment ............................................................................................................ 236 9.5.3. Management of Water Environment ........................................................................................................... 237 9.5.4. Management of Land Environment ............................................................................................................. 238 9.5.5. Management of Solid and Hazardous Waste .............................................................................................. 238 9.5.6. Management of Hazardous Raw materials ................................................................................................. 239 9.5.7. Management of Biological Environment ..................................................................................................... 239 9.5.8. Management of Socio-economic factors ..................................................................................................... 239 9.5.9. Management of Traffic ................................................................................................................................ 240

9.6. ADDITIONAL MITIGATION MEASURES ............................................................................................................................ 240 9.6.1. Water Conservation ..................................................................................................................................... 240 9.6.2. Energy Conservation .................................................................................................................................... 241 9.6.3. Storm Water Management .......................................................................................................................... 242 9.6.4. Green Belt Development .............................................................................................................................. 242 9.6.5. Odour Management Plan ............................................................................................................................ 243 9.6.6. Safety measures to prevent the Occupational Health Hazards .................................................................... 244 9.6.7. Social welfare measures for future planning ............................................................................................... 244

9.7. SUMMARY OF ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN AND ACTIONS ...................................................................................... 244 9.8. FINDINGS ................................................................................................................................................................. 248 9.9. CONCLUSIONS ........................................................................................................................................................... 248

CHAPTER 10. CONCLUSION ............................................................................................................................... 249

CHAPTER 11. DISCLOSURE BY CONSULTANT ..................................................................................................... 250

EIA REPORT



List of Tables

TABLE 1.1 TOR COMPLIANCE STATUS ........................................................................................................................................ 27

TABLE 2.1 AREA DETAILS ........................................................................................................................................................... 42

TABLE 2.2 ENVIRONMENTAL SETTINGS OF THE PROJECT SITE .................................................................................................... 44

TABLE 2.3 PROPOSED PRODUCTS AND PRODUCTION CAPACITIES (DETAILS OF ALL THE PRODUCTS) .......................................... 44

TABLE 2.4 DETAILS OF RAW MATERIALS .................................................................................................................................... 45

TABLE 2.5 DETAILS OF PLANT MACHINERY .............................................................................................................................. 105

TABLE 2.6 WATER CONSUMPTION&WASTEWATER GENERATION DETAILS ............................................................................... 105

TABLE 2.7 POWER REQUIREMENT ........................................................................................................................................... 106

TABLE 2.8 FUEL CONSUMPTION DETAILS ................................................................................................................................. 107

TABLE 2.9 EMPLOYMENT DETAILS ........................................................................................................................................... 107

TABLE 2.10 DETAILS OF FLUE GAS STACKS ............................................................................................................................... 108

TABLE 2.11 HAZARDOUS WASTE DETAILS ................................................................................................................................ 109

TABLE 2.12 NON- HAZARDOUS WASTE DETAILS ....................................................................................................................... 110

TABLE 2.13 ANNUAL RUNOFF .......................................................................................................................................................... 111

TABLE 3.1 ENVIRONMENTAL ATTRIBUTES & FREQUENCY OF MONITORING ............................................................................. 113

TABLE 3.2 LAND USE DISTRIBUTION OF THE STUDY AREA (10 KM RADIUS) .............................................................................. 119

TABLE 3.3 CLIMATOLOGY(YEAR: 2016) .................................................................................................................................... 121

TABLE 3.4 SITE SPECIFICMETEOROLOGICAL DATA .................................................................................................................... 122

TABLE 3.5 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING LOCATIONS................................................................................................... 125

TABLE 3.6 RESULTS FOR LOCATION OF AAQ STATIONS ................................................................................................................... 126

TABLE 3.7 NATIONAL AMBIENT AIR QUALITY STANDARDS AND METHODS OF MEASUREMENT ............................................... 127

TABLE 3.8 AMBIENT NOISE QUALITY MONITORING LOCATIONS .............................................................................................. 129

TABLE 3.9 APPLICABLE NOISE STANDARDS .............................................................................................................................. 129

TABLE 3.10 GROUND WATER SAMPLING LOCATIONS IN THE STUDY AREA ............................................................................... 131

TABLE 3.11 GROUND WATER MONITORING ANALYSIS REPORTS ............................................................................................. 132

TABLE 3.12 SURFACE WATER SAMPLING LOCATIONS ............................................................................................................... 134

TABLE 3.13 SURFACE WATER ANALYSIS REPORTS .................................................................................................................... 134

TABLE 3.14 STANDARD WATER QUALITY CRITERIA .................................................................................................................. 134

TABLE 3.15 SOIL SAMPLING LOCATIONS .................................................................................................................................. 137

TABLE 3.16 PHYSIOCHEMICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF SOIL ........................................................................................................ 137

TABLE 3.17 LIST OF FLORA IN THE STUDY AREA ....................................................................................................................... 139

TABLE 3.18 LIST OF DOMINANT FAUNA RECORDED IN STUDY AREA ........................................................................................ 141

TABLE 3.19 LIST OF VILLAGES PRESENT IN THE STUDY AREA .................................................................................................... 144

TABLE 4.1 GROUND LEVEL CONCENTRATION OF PM10 IN µG/M3 ............................................................................................ 157

TABLE 4.2 GROUND LEVEL CONCENTRATION OF SO2 IN µG/M3 .............................................................................................. 158

TABLE 4.3 GROUND LEVEL CONCENTRATION OF NOX IN µG/M3 .............................................................................................. 160

TABLE 5.1 ALTERNATIVES FOR TECHNOLOGIES ........................................................................................................................ 168

EIA REPORT



TABLE 6.1 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN (DURING OPERATIONAL PHASE) .................................................................. 170

TABLE 6.2 BUDGET ALLOCATION FOR ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT ................................................................................. 171

TABLE 7.1 ISSUES RAISED BY PARTICIPANTS & ITS REPLY BY PROJECT PROPONENT DURING PUBLIC HEARING .……………………..174

TABLE 7.2 HAZARDS AND RISK ASSESSMENT WORKSHEET ...................................................................................................... 177

TABLE 7.3 FATAL RADIATION EXPOSURE LEVEL........................................................................................................................ 201

TABLE 7.4 OVERPRESSURE DAMAGE CRITERIA ........................................................................................................................ 202

TABLE 7.5 CONSEQUENCE RESULTS OF HCL TANK ........................................................................................................................... 206

TABLE 7.6 CONSEQUENCE RESULTS OF DIETHANOL AMINE DRUMS ......................................................................................... 208

TABLE 7.7 CONSEQUENCE RESULTS OF LIQUID AMMONIA DRUMS .......................................................................................... 212

TABLE 7.8 CONSEQUENCE RESULTS OF TRI ETHANOL AMINE DRUMS ..................................................................................... 217

TABLE 7.9 CONSEQUENCE RESULTS OF TRI N -BUTYL AMINE DRUMS ....................................................................................... 223

EIA REPORT



List of Figures

FIGURE 1.1.METHODOLOGY OF EIA STUDY ....................................................................................................................................................... 26

FIGURE 2.1.PROJECT LOCATION MAP ............................................................................................................................................................... 40

FIGURE 2.1 PROJECT LOCATION MAP ................................................................................................................................................................ 40

FIGURE 2.2 GOOGLE IMAGE OF THE PROJECT SITE (5 & 10 KM RADIUS) ............................................................................................................. 41

FIGURE 2.3 PLANT LAYOUT ............................................................................................................................................................................... 43

FIGURE 2.4 WATER BALANCE DIAGRAM ......................................................................................................................................................... 106

FIGURE 3.1 TOPOGRAPHIC MAP OF THE STUDY AREA ............................................................................................................................................. 115

FIGURE 3.2.SEISMIC ZONING MAP OF INDIA ................................................................................................................................................... 117

FIGURE 3.3.LAND USE CLASSIFICATION OF STUDY AREA .................................................................................................................................. 118

FIGURE 3.4.LAND USE MAP OF THE STUDY AREA (10 KM RADIAL ZONE) .......................................................................................................... 120

FIGURE 3.5.WINDROSE (SUMMER SEASON) .................................................................................................................................................... 123

FIGURE 3.6.GOOGLE IMAGE SHOWING AMBIENT AIR MONITORING LOCATIONS ............................................................................................. 125

FIGURE 3.7.GOOGLE IMAGE SHOWING AMBIENT NOISE MONITORING ........................................................................................................... 129

FIGURE 3.8.GOOGLE IMAGE SHOWING GROUND WATER MONITORING LOCATIONS ........................................................................................ 131

FIGURE 3.9.GOOGLE IMAGE SHOWING SURFACE WATER MONITORING LOCATION.......................................................................................... 134

FIGURE 3.10.GOOGLE IMAGE SHOWING SOIL MONITORING LOCATIONS ......................................................................................................... 137

FIGURE 3.11.VILLAGES WITHIN 10 KM RADIUS ........................................................................................................................................................ 144

FIGURE 4.1 GROUND LEVEL CONCENTRATION OF PM 10 ................................................................................................................................. 158

FIGURE 4.2 GROUND LEVEL CONCENTRATION OF SO2 ..................................................................................................................................... 160

FIGURE 4.3 GROUND LEVEL CONCENTRATION OF SO2 ..................................................................................................................................... 161

FIGURE 7.1 ADVERTISEMENT IN NEWSPAPERS ................................................................................................................................................ 174

FIGURE 7.2 MAXIMUM CONCENTRATION FOOTPRINT IN CASE OF 100 MM LEAK OF HCL DRUM ....................................................................... 206

FIGURE 7.3 MAXIMUM CONCENTRATION FOOTPRINT IN CASE OF 100 MM LEAK OF HCL DRUM ....................................................................... 207

FIGURE 7.4 MAXIMUM CONCENTRATION FOOTPRINT IN CASE OF CATASTROPHIC RUPTURE OF HCL DRUM ........................................................ 207

FIGURE 7.5 MAXIMUM CONCENTRATION FOOTPRINT IN CASE OF CATASTROPHIC RUPTURE OF HCL DRUM ........................................................ 207

FIGURE 7.6 FLASH FIRE IN CASE OF 100MM LEAK OF DIETHANOL AMINE DRUMS. ........................................................................................... 209

FIGURE 7.7 FLASH FIRE IN CASE OF 100MM LEAK OF DIETHANOL AMINE DRUMS ............................................................................................ 209

FIGURE 7.8 INTENSITY RADII FOR LATE POOL FIRE IN CASE OF100 MM LEAK OF DIETHANOL AMINE DRUMS .................................................... 209

FIGURE 7.9 INTENSITY RADII FOR JET FIRE IN CASE OF 100 MM LEAK OF DIETHANOL AMINE DRUMS ............................................................... 210

FIGURE 7.10 INTENSITY RADII FOR JET FIRE IN CASE OF 100 MM LEAK OF DIETHANOL AMINE DRUMS ............................................................. 210

FIGURE 7.11 FLASH FIRE ENVELOPE IN CASE OF CATASTROPHIC RUPTURE OF DIETHANOL AMINE DRUMS ....................................................... 210



FIGURE 7.14 INTENSITY RADII FOR LATE POOL FIRE IN CASE OF CATASTROPHIC RUPTURE OF DIETHANOL AMINE DRUMS ................................ 212

FIGURE 7.15 FLASH FIRE IN CASE OF 100MM LEAK OF LIQUID AMMONIA DRUMS ........................................................................................... 213

FIGURE 7.16 INTENSITY RADII FOR JET FIRE IN CASE OF100 MM LEAK OF LIQUID AMMONIA DRUMS ............................................................... 213

FIGURE 7.17 INTENSITY RADII FOR JET FIRE IN CASE OF 100 MM LEAK OF LIQUID AMMONIA DRUMS .................................................................. 213

FIGURE 7.18 INTENSITY RADII FOR LATE POOL FIRE IN CASE OF 100 MM LEAK OF LIQUID AMMONIA DRUMS ..................................................... 214

FIGURE 7.19 FLASH FIRE ENVELOPE IN CASE OF CATASTROPHIC RUPTURE OF LIQUID AMMONIA DRUMS ........................................................ 214

FIGURE 7.20 FLASH FIRE ENVELOPE IN CASE OF CATASTROPHIC RUPTURE OF LIQUID AMMONIA DRUMS ........................................................ 215

EIA REPORT



FIGURE 7.21 INTENSITY RADII FOR LATE POOL FIRE IN CASE OF CATASTROPHIC RUPTURE OF LIQUID AMMONIA DRUMS ................................... 215

FIGURE 7.22 INTENSITY RADII FOR LATE POOL FIRE IN CASE OF CATASTROPHIC RUPTURE OF LIQUID AMMONIA DRUMS ................................. 216

FIGURE 7.23 FLASH FIRE IN CASE OF 100MM LEAK OF TRI ETHANOL AMINE DRUMS. ....................................................................................... 218

FIGURE 7.24 FLASH FIRE IN CASE OF 100MM LEAK OF TRI ETHANOL AMINE DRUMS. ....................................................................................... 218

FIGURE 7.25 INTENSITY RADII FOR LATE POOL FIRE IN CASE OF100 MM LEAK OF TRI ETHANOL AMINE DRUMS ................................................ 219

FIGURE 7.26 INTENSITY RADII FOR JET FIRE IN CASE OF 100 MM LEAK OF TRI ETHANOL AMINE DRUMS ........................................................... 219

FIGURE 7.27 INTENSITY RADII FOR JET FIRE IN CASE OF 100 MM LEAK OF TRI ETHANOL AMINE DRUMS ........................................................... 220

FIGURE 7.28 FLASH FIRE ENVELOPE IN CASE OF CATASTROPHIC RUPTURE OF TRI ETHANOL AMINE DRUMS ..................................................... 220

FIGURE 7.29 FLASH FIRE ENVELOPE IN CASE OF CATASTROPHIC RUPTURE OF TRI ETHANOL AMINE DRUMS ..................................................... 221

FIGURE 7.30 INTENSITY RADII FOR LATE POOL FIRE IN CASE OF CATASTROPHIC RUPTURE OF TRI ETHANOL AMINE DRUMS ............................. 221

FIGURE 7.31 INTENSITY RADII FOR LATE POOL FIRE IN CASE OF CATASTROPHIC RUPTURE OFTRI ETHANOL AMINE DRUMS .............................. 222

FIGURE 7.32 FLASH FIRE IN CASE OF 100MM LEAK OF TRI N -BUTYL AMINE DRUMS .............................................................................................. 224

FIGURE 7.33 FLASH FIRE IN CASE OF 100MM LEAK OF LIQUID TRI N -BUTYL AMINE DRUMS ................................................................................. 224

FIGURE 7.34 INTENSITY RADII FOR LATE POOL FIRE IN CASE OF100 MM LEAK OF TRI N -BUTYL AMINE DRUMS ................................................ 225

FIGURE 7.35 INTENSITY RADII FOR JET FIRE IN CASE OF 100 MM LEAK OF TRI N -BUTYL AMINE DRUMS ........................................................... 225



FIGURE 7.38 FLASH FIRE ENVELOPE IN CASE OF CATASTROPHIC RUPTURE OF TRI N -BUTYL AMINE DRUMS ..................................................... 226

FIGURE 7.39 INTENSITY RADII FOR LATE POOL FIRE IN CASE OF CATASTROPHIC RUPTURE OF TRI N -BUTYL AMINE DRUMS ................................ 227

FIGURE 7.40 INTENSITY RADII FOR LATE POOL FIRE IN CASE OF CATASTROPHIC RUPTURE OF TRI N -BUTYL AMINE DRUMS ................................ 227

EIA REPORT



Abbreviations

AAQM : Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

BOD : Biochemical Oxygen Demand

COD : Chemical Oxygen Demand

DO : Dissolved Oxygen

CPCB : Central Pollution Control Board

GPCB : Gujarat Pollution Control Board

EIA : Environmental Impact Assessment

EMP : Environmental Management Plan

IMD : Indian Meteorological Department

KVA : Kilo Volt Ampere

KLD : Kilo Litres per day

PM : Particulate Matter

PPE : Personal Protective Equipment

TDS : Total Dissolved Solids

ZLD : Zero Liquid Discharge

MTPM : Metric Tonne per Month

PGVCL : Paschim Gujarat Vij Company Limited

NAAQS : National Ambient Air Quality Standards

EPA : Environment Protection Act

SEIAA : State Level Environmental Impact Assessment Authority

SEAC : State Level Expert Appraisal Committee

ToR : Terms of Reference

CHWTSDF : Common Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facilities

TSDF : Treatment, Storage and Disposal Facilities

SOP : Standard Operating Procedure

GLC : Ground Level Concentrations

HSE : Health, Safety & Environment

VOC : Volatile Organic Compounds

http://envfor.nic.in/sites/default/files/TGM_Comman%20Hazardous%20Waste%20Treatment_010910_NK.pdf�

EIA REPORT



QRA : Quantitative Risk Assessment

DMP : Disaster Management Plan

CSR : Corporate Social Responsibility

LED : Light Emitting Diode

CFL : Compact Fluorescent Lamp

EIA REPORT



List of Annexure

Annexure I: Land Document

Annexure II: TOR Letter

Annexure III: Environmental Policy

Annexure IV: Undertaking for No Bore well dug, separate electric meter and ownership of EIA report

Annexure V: Undertaking for Owing of EIA &EMP report

Annexure VI: Toposheet

Annexure VII: Ambient Raw data Annexure VIII : CER activity Annexure IX: Plant Layout Annexure X: CGWA Application

EIA REPORT



EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

Introduction

M/s Aditya color chem has planned to manufacture certain synthetic organic dyes which

have a good export potential. The ever-increasing demand for the products in India & Abroad has

prompted the promoters to undertake manufacturing of some selected synthetic organic

dyes..

M/s Aditya color chem is a proposed project located at Plot No.66-70,Rudra Industrial Park

Bakrol, Village: Bakrol (Bujrang), Tal: Daskroi: Ahmadabad, Gujarat 382210 and are planning to

manufacture 40 MTM powder dyes & 90 MTM liquid dyes.

Project proponent:

M/s. Aditya color chem is proposed by Mr. Nilesh I. Patel, Proprioter of this Company having

experience in R&D and Production of Synthetic Organic Dyes products.

Type of Project:

The proposed project is manufacturing unit for the production of Various Synthetic Organic Dyes. For

the manufacturing of the new products, some equipment and machinery will be utilized. The project

falls under category ‘A’, section 5(f) “Synthetic organic chemical industry” of EIA notification

2006 and subsequent amendments

Project cost:

Total Project cost for proposed project activity is Rs. 375 lacs (Proposed).

Location of the Project Site:

The proposed project, M/s. Aditya color chem is Located at Plot No.66-70, Rudra Industrial Park Bakrol, Village: Bakrol (Bujrang), Tal: Daskroi: Ahmedabad, Gujarat 382210.

Nature and Size of the project:

M/s Aditya color chem has proposed for manufacturing of some synthetic organic dyes

products. The proposed production capacity will be 130 MTM.

Water Requirement:

The total fresh water requirement during the operation phase for the proposed facility will be 41

KLD. The source of water for the proposed project shall be through ground water (Bore well).

EIA REPORT



Waste water generation & Management:

Total Effluent generation for proposed facility will be 20.4 KLD [2.4 KLD (Domestic) + 18 KLD

(Industrial)], ETP shall be provided for treatment of effluent and maintained the zero discharge

system by providing spray dryer.

Electricity Requirement:

The Total power requirement will be 180 KW. The main source of power is UGVCL. The backup

will be provided from DG Sets having capacity of 125 KW in case of power failure.

Fuel Requirement & Stack details:

Imported coal/ lignite/natural gas is being used as a fuel for Boiler. Diesel is being used in D.G set.

Scrubber is installed for process reactors. Stack height of Boiler is 12 m.

Manpower Requirement:

There will be 21 Regular & 4 Contract workers required for the proposed project. Thus, total

manpower will be 25 workers.

Solid & hazardous waste management:

Hazardous waste likes ETP sludge, discarded drum / Container, Used / Spent oil, discarded

product material (R&D) etc. will be generated and sold or disposed to GPCB authorized vendor /

recycler and / or will be disposed at CHWTSDF.

Green Belt Development:

Total 492.7 m2 area will be providing in the premises. Suitable local plant of variety of species is

planted with adequate spacing.

Description of the Environment

Study area

The baseline quality of various components of the environment, viz. air, noise, water, land, biology,

meteorological and socio-economic is assessed within the impact zone of about 10 km around the

proposed site. The report presents the data collected during the sampling period of three months

during summer season from Dec’17 to Feb’18.

Climate of the study area

The climate of the region is classified as tropical wet and dry climate. The annual maximum

Temperature is 43 ̊C in the month of May and minimum temperature is 15 ˚C in the month of

January. The average annual rainfall for the Ahmadabad as a whole is 760 mm. Most of the rainfall

EIA REPORT



is received from June to September.

Seismicity

According to the seismic-zoning map of India, the project area falls in Zone III-Moderate Risk zone of

seismicity.

Air Environment

AAQM was carried out in 8 locations on 24 hourly average basis as per guidelines of CPCB and NAAQS within 10 km radius of the study area. PM10 and PM2.5 was found in the range of 48 to 64 μg

/m3 and 32 to 46 μg /m3 respectively. SO2 found in the range of 4 to 18 μg /m3 and NOx: 12 to 26 μg

/m3. The PM10, PM2.5, SO2 & NOx parameters are found within the permissible limit as per NAAQS level. Other parameters like VOCs, Heavy metals, Benzene etc. were found within permissible limit.

Noise Environment

Noise can be defined as an unwanted sound. A total of 8 locations were identified for ambient

noise monitoring in the study area. The daytime varied from 48.5 dB(A) to 56.2 dB(A) and night

time noise varied of 41.2 dB(A) to 52 dB(A). Both daytime noise and night time noise were found

within the limit.

Water Environment

In order to establish the baseline water quality, 8 ground water and 3 surface water samples were

collected and analyzed in the study area. The analysis result for ground water samples were within

drinking water limit as per IS 10500: 2012. The surface water quality is within NAAQs November

2009 as per classification of water quality criteria.

Soil Quality

Soil samples were collected from 8 locations in the study area and analyzed for physico-Chemicals

characteristics. Soil quality was found to be normal.

Particle Size: Particle sizes of the different constituents (clay, silt, sand and gravel) control the

porosity and water holding characteristic of the soil. Clay (size < 0,002mm) amount in the soil

samples is 14% to 15% and Sand (size 0.002 to 0.075mm) in the soil sample is 68% to 70%. All

the samples in the study area are free of gravel (size > 4.75mm). Analysis shows it is sandy soil

with less water holding capacity Biological Environment.

Land Use/Land Cover of the Study Area

The basic purpose of land use pattern and classification in an EIA study is to identify the manner in

which different parts of land in an area are being utilized or not utilized. Remote sensing data

provides reliable accurate baseline information for land use mapping, as it is a rapid method of

acquiring up-to-date information of over a large geological area.

EIA REPORT



Biological Environment

Biological environment includes flora and fauna including aquatic species found in the study area of

10 km radius.

Flora: Dominant families of plants recorded in the study area are Caesalpiniaceae, Mimosaceae,

Euphor biaceae, Cucur bitaceae, Papilionaceae. The area showed overall 71 plant species from 60

genera and 32 families.

Fauna: The various animal species in the study area are found, detailed study is given in Baseline

Chapter-3. Field observations of fauna were carried out. The commonly available mammals,

amphibians, reptiles, butterflies, dragonflies and damselflies within 10 km surroundings were

enumerated.

Socio-economic Environment:

Socio-economic data were collected from within 10 km radius of the Project site. These include 30

villages as per census of India 2011. According to the 2011 national census, the population of

Ahmadabad was declared 7,214,225.With regards to Sex Ratio in Ahmadabad, it stood at 904 per

1000 male compared to 2001 census figure of 892. The average national sex ratio in India is 940

as per latest reports of Census 2011 Average literacy rate of Ahmadabad in 2011 were 85.31

compared to 79.50 of 2001. If things are looked out at gender wise, male and female literacy were

90.74 and 79.35 respectively. For 2001 census, same figures stood at 87.31 and 70.83 in

Ahmadabad District.

Anticipated Environmental Impacts & Mitigation Measures

Air Environment

In order to estimate the ground level concentrations due to the emission from the proposed

project, AERMOD View – Lake Environmental Software has been employed.

These predicted ground level concentrations when added to baseline scenario, the overall

scenario levels of PM10, SO2, NOx, are well within the permissible limits specified by CPCB.

VOCs and other NAAQS parameters are observed within below detectable limit, the detail

explanation is mentioned in Baseline chapter-3.

Adequate mitigation measures have been already installed to control air pollution.

Noise Environment

The major noise source includes various machines, pumps, motors, DG sets and vehicular traffic.

The noise levels were below the stipulated standards of CPCB for residential and industrial

areas.

Technical and administrative measures are already implemented to minimize the noise levels

that include periodic maintenance of machinery, mandatory use of personal hearing protection

equipment with operable mufflers, oiling and lubrication, noise suppression measures such as

enclosures, buffers, greenbelt development etc.

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ahmedabad�

EIA REPORT



Water Environment

The total fresh water requirement during the operation phase for the Proposed facility is 41 KLD.

The source of water for the proposed project shall be spray dryer through ground water

(Bore well).Total Effluent generation will be 20.4 KLD [2.4 KLD (Domestic) + 18 KLD (Industrial)],

ETP shall provide for treatment of effluent having mostly inorganic salt and maintained the

zero discharge system by providing spray dryer.

Land Environment

A total of 492.7 m2 area has been earmarked for the green area development. There will be little

impact envisaged due to the operation of the plant. There is no discharge of solid as well as

liquid effluent in open land. The green area development and tree plantation will help in enhancing

the aesthetics of the plant. Thus no adverse impact is envisaged on land environment.

Biological Environment

Analysis of abiotic factors reveals that ambient air and fresh water quality will remain practically

unaffected. Hence no impact on flora and fauna is envisaged. Moreover, there are no reserve

forest, Historic places and protected areas within 10 km radius.

Socio-economic Environment

The proposed project is expected to provide direct and indirect employment opportunity to skilled

and unskilled workers. The project will contribute to the socio-economic development of the area at

the local level in turn reducing migration for employment. Hence, the proposed project will have

positive impact on the socio-economic environment.

Environmental Monitoring Program

Environmental Monitoring Program is designed for operation phase of the project for monitoring of

various environmental parameters like air, water, noise, soil and ecology etc.

Environmental Management Plan

The EMP presents the project specific guidelines on:

• Environmental management strategies

• Specialized engineering construction procedures in relation to environmental guidelines of the

country

• Spill prevention and control

• Management of wastes and hazardous Chemicals

• Air, water and soil quality protection

• Noise control

• Soil erosion control and slope stabilization

• Vegetation, wildlife and habitat protection

• Socio-economic and welfare considerations

EIA REPORT



• Risk and disaster management plan

• To prepare a checklist for statutory compliance

• Budget allocation for environment management plan

Risk Assessment

The Risk assessment study has been conducted for all the operations involved in the project.

The study considers all the hazards associated with all the activities which will be involved. The

hazards leading to possible consequences are summarized in the chapter-7 and the risk

mitigation measures and intended safeguards are specifically mentioned in the chapter-7 in the

EIA report. The risk to personnel, process / operation is considered in the study.

Disaster Management Plan

Disaster Management Plan is prepared for identification of various hazards addressed

qualitatively and included in on-site and off-site emergency plan. A Disaster Management Plan

is prepared to meet any grave emergency which can occur due to Natural Disasters such as

Floods, Earthquakes, or due to Man-Made Disasters such as Acts of war and Fires, Power

failures. Details of risk assessment and disaster management plan are given in the EIA report.

Project Benefits

Growth in the industrial sector creates new opportunities for employment and can also

help diversify the economy.

CSR Activities

Initially CSR budget commitment will be approximately 2 % of company’s annual profit

M/S Aditya color chem will initiate various CSR activities for the development and care of the

area and people. The various CSR activities undertaken by M/S. Aditya color chem include.

I. There will be more employment generated due to the proposed project both during

the construction phase and operation phase. On the basis of technical knowledge

acquired by the local village youths, they will be providing with suitable employment

Opportunity in the company.

II. The labor force required during construction and operation phase shall be sourced from

nearby village.

III. Free medical checkup for villagers.

IV. Tree Plantation in rural areas.

V. Provision of sanitation (toilets) facility.

VI. Funds will be provided to arrange extracurricular activities for nearby school and colleges.

Special Health awareness camp and medical camps for primary checkup will be arranged at

least once in a year in nearby villages for health check-ups.

EIA REPORT



Conclusion: • The project proponent will follow all the statutory norms and guidelines as per EPA, 1986 to

safeguard environment.

• Waste water generated from the proposed project will be treated in to ETP and maintained

Zero Liquid Discharge by providing Spray Dryer in premises.

• Ambient Air Quality of the project site will be within the permissible limit as prescribed by

National Ambient Air Quality Standards.

• Noise is expected to be on higher side during Operational phase Noise shall be within

industrial premises which will not exceed 75 dB (A).

• The project will generate employment opportunities during operational stage. The standard of living

of local people due to employment is likely to be better, so we may say that it is positive socio-

economic impact. The region will get economic boost.

• Overall the project will have positive impact for socio-economic and cultural development.

EIA REPORT



CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION

1.1. Introduction

M/s Aditya Color Chem has to plan manufacture some synthetic organic dyes which

have a good export potential. The ever-increasing demand for the products in India &

Abroad has prompted the promoters to undertake manufacturing of some selected synthetic

organic Dyes.

The industry has earned the reputation of being one of the major infallible suppliers of

dyes across the globe. M/s. Aditya Color Chem is a proposed project located at Plot

No.66-70,Rudra Industrial Park Bakrol, Village: Bakrol (Bujrang), Tal: Daskroi:

Ahmadabad, Gujarat 382210 and are planning to manufacture 40 MTM powder dyes & 90

MTM liquid dyes.

1.2. Purpose of the Study

The proposed project falls under Category ‘A’, Section 5(f) “Synthetic organic chemical

industry”. As per the EIA notification, 2006 & subsequent amendments, proposed project will

have to obtain Environmental Clearance from EAC, MoEF&CC New Delhi.

In order to obtain the Environmental Clearance from the EAC, MoEF&CC New Delhi, Form-

1, Pre-feasibility Report and proposed ToR submitted. ToR issued on dated 16th

November, 2017.M/s. Aditya Color Chem has retained the services of Green Circle Inc,

Vadodara to undertake Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) studies for assessing the

impact of the proposed, industrial development project, on various environmental

parameters in the study area and prepare an Environment Management Plan to mitigate the

adverse impacts of the proposed project.

As per the additional TOR and Model TOR prescribed by MoEF&CC, baseline data has

been prepared for one season i.e summer season(Dec’17 to Feb’18).The study area

comprises of the core zone (project area) and the buffer zone (10 km around the core

zone from the periphery).

1.3. Identification of Project and Project Proponent

Identification of Project:

M/s.Aditya Color Chem has proposed a plant for manufacturing various synthetic organic

Dyes located at Plot No.66-70, Rudra Industrial Park Bakrol, Village: Bakrol

(Bujrang), Tal: Daskroi: Ahmadabad, Gujarat 382210. It is a private organization engaged

in manufacturing of Synthetic Organic Dyes..

EIA REPORT



Identification of Project Proponent:

M/s. Aditya Color Chem. is proposed by Mr. Nilesh I Patel proprietor of this Company

having experience in R&D and Production of Synthetic Organic Dyes products.

1.4. Brief Description of Nature, Size, Location of the Project and its Importance to Country, Region

1.4.1. Nature and size of the Project

M/s. Aditya Color Chem has proposed for manufacturing of various Synthetic Organic Dyes

products at the project site. The proposed production capacity is 130MT/Month.

1.4.2. Location of the Project site

The proposed project is located at Plot No.66-70,Rudra Industrial Park Bakrol, Village:

Bakrol (Bujrang), Tal: Daskroi: Ahmadabad, Gujarat 382210.

The site is located within 5.0 km Daskroi Area. The site is well connected with road and

railway of Ahmadabad city and Sabarmati` river passing at distance of 14.82 km. The nearest

road is Ahmedabad -Indor Highway (3.3 Km NE), Railway station is Vatva (9.38km, SW) and

nearest airport is Ahmadabad (15 km NW)

.

1.4.3. Importance to country, region

Ahmedabad & Surrounding area has emerged as Major S.O. Dyes manufacture city with a

presence in global market. S.O. Dyes industry in the state contribute more than one third of

the country’s total production.

Raw materials purchased from indigenous production. This helps in the economic

development of the country to a great level. Thus, to decrease the dependency on imports,

the project can work in a positive manner. Our products have good demand in national

markets. We shall export the products & in local market as well as in Asia Pacific Region.

1.5. Scope and Methodology of the study

The scope of the EIA study is based on the generic structure of environmental impact

assessment document as stated in the Appendix III of the EIA Notification 2006 (S.O. 1533),

Ministry of Environment and Forests, Government of India.

The scope of the study includes a detailed characteristic of environment in the study area

associated with the proposed development on various environmental components. For the

purpose of environmental assessment, areas within 10 km radius of the project have been

studied and the following methodology will be adopted:

• Generation and collection of baseline data for valued environmental components as per the

EIA guidelines.

• Identification and quantification of significant environmental impacts due to the project and

EIA REPORT



associated activities.

• Evaluation of impacts due to proposed activities and preparation of an environmental

impact statement

• Preparation of appropriate Environmental Management Plan (EMP) encompassing strategies

for minimizing identified adverse impacts along with budgetary provisions to be made by the

project authorities for implementation of mitigation measures.

• Delineation of post Environmental Quality Monitoring Programmer (EQMP) along with

organizational setup required for monitoring the effectiveness of mitigation measures.

Figure 1.1. Methodology of EIA Study

1.6. Applicable Environmental Regulations

The proposed project will abide by and function under the purview of the following Rules, Acts &

Regulations which are formulated by the Govt. of India to protect the environment and development in

a sustainable way:

EIA REPORT


• The Water (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1974

• The Air (Prevention & Control of Pollution) Act, 1981

• The Environmental (Protection) Act, 1986

• Environmental Impact Assessment Notification dated 14th

• Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules,

2016.

September, 2006 and

subsequent amendments.

• Solid Waste Management Rules, 2016

• The MSIHC (Manufacture, Storage and Import of Hazardous Chemicals) rules 1989 and amendment in 2000

• Chemical Accident (Emergency Planning, Preparedness and Response) Rules, 1996

• Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000 and its amendments

• The Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991 • The Batteries (Management and Handling) Rules 2001 and amendment in 2010

1.7. Approved TOR for EIA Study by SEAC

Additional ToR has been issued by the EAC-MoEF&CC held on 16th November, 2017 The

EIA study has been conducted in-line with the additional ToR and Model Terms of Reference

(ToR) given by MoEF&CC and taking into consideration the structure of the report given in

the EIA Notification 2006. The compliance to the same has been presented in Table 1.1.

Table 1.1 ToR Compliance Status

Sr.

Standard ToR Addressed In

1 Executive Summary Enclosed , Page No. 17 to 23

2 Introduction

i Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET accreditation Enclosed initial pages of EIA

ii Information about the project proponent Chapter 1,Section 1.3, Page

No.24

iii Importance and benefits of the project Chapter 1,Section 1.4 sub

section 1.4.3, Page No.25

3 Project Description

i Cost of project and time of completion. Chapter 2, Section 2.5, Page

No.39 ii Products with capacities for the proposed project Chapter 2 ,Section 2.7, sub


EIA REPORT


iii If expansion project, details of existing products

with capacities and whether adequate land is

available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any

Not Applicable

iv List of raw materials required and their source along

with mode of transportation.

Chapter 2 ,Section 2.7, sub

section 2.7.1, Page No.44 v Other chemicals and materials required with quantities

and storage capacities

Chapter 2 ,Section 2.7, sub

section 2.7.4, Page No. 65, 67

vi Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste

generation and their management

Emission – Chapter 2, Section

2.11, sub section 2.11.1, Page

no.108

Effluents – Chapter 2, Section

2.11, sub section 2.11.2, Page

no.108,109

Hazardous waste generation –

Chapter 2 , Section 2.11, sub

section 2.11.1, Page

no.109,110

vii

Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status

of approval, water balance diagram, man-power requirement

(regular and contract)

Requirement of water – Chapter

2, Section 2.11, sub section

2.11.1, Page no.108

Power Requirement – Chapter 2,

Section 2.10.3., Page No. 109

Water Balance diagram

Chapter 2, Section 2.11, sub

section 2.11.1, Page no.108

Man-power requirement –



viii Process description along with major equipment

andmachineries, process flow sheet (quantative) from

raw material to products to be provided



ix Hazard identification and details of proposed safety

systems

Chapter 7 , Section 7.1 , sub

section 7.1.1, Page No.173,174

EIA REPORT



x Expansion/modernization proposals: Not Applicable

c.

Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s) including

Amendments thereto obtained for the project from

MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified

copy of the latest Monitoring Report of the Regional Office of

the Ministry of Environment and Forests as per circular

dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of

conditions stipulated in all the existing environmental

clearances including Amendments shall be provided. In

addition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for

the ongoing Existing operation of the project from SPCB

shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report.

Not Applicable because it is New Project.

d. In case the existing project has not obtained environmental

clearance, reasons for not taking EC under the provisions of

the EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification 2006 shall

be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish/No Objection

Certificate and Consent to Operate (in case of units

operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE and CTO of FY

2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted.

Further, compliance report to the conditions of consents

from the SPCB shall be submitted.

Not Applicable because it is New Project.

4 Site Details

i Location of the project site covering village, Taluka/Tehsil,

District and State, Justification for selecting the site, whether

other sites were considered.

Chapter 2 , Section 2.6, Page No. 40

ii A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km and site

location on 1:50,000/1: 25,000 scaleon an A3/A2 sheet.

(including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally

Annexure: VI

iii Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site Chapter 5, Section 5.2., Page

No.167

iv Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site. Chapter 2 , Section 2.6, sub

section 2.6.1 Page No.41

v Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site. Chapter 2 , Section 2.6., Page

No. 41

EIA REPORT



vi Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit

indicating storage area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities

etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex,

layout of Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the

Industrial area/Estate.


section 2.6.1, Figure 2.3, Page

No.43

vii Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable)

plant site. If existing, show photographs of plantation/

greenbelt, in particular.

Chapter 3 , Section 3.17, Page

No. 146

viii Landuse break-up of total land of the project site (identified

and acquired), government/ private - agricultural, forest,

wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included.

(not required for industrial area)


No. 117 to 120

ix A list of major industries with name and type within study

area (10km radius) shall be incorporated. Land use details

of the study area

Chapter 2,Section.6, sub


x Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study

area shall be included.

Chapter 3 , Geological: Section

3.4, Page No.115, Geo

hydrology, section 3.6, Page

No.116 xi Details of Drainage of the project upto 5km radius of study

area. If the site is within 1 km radius of any major river, peak

and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrence

frequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years.

Details of Flood Level of the project site and maximum

Flood Level of the river shall also be provided. (mega green

field projects)

Chapter 3 , Section

3.3.,Page No. 114

xii Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of the acquisition process and expected time of

complete possession of the land.

The land is owned by the

owner. No additional acquisition

involved

xiii R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government

policy.

No R & R involved.

5 Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable): No forest land involved.

i Permission and approval for the use of forest land (forestry

Clearance), if any, and recommendations of the State Forest

NA

EIA REPORT



Department. (if applicable)

ii Landuse map based on High resolution satellite imagery

(GPS) of the proposed site delineating the forestland (in

case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha)


No. 117 to 118

iii Status of Application submitted for obtaining the stage

Iforestry clearance along with latest status shall be submitted.

NA

iv The projects to be located within 10 km of the National

Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Migratory

Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall

submit the map duly authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden

showing these features vis-à-vis the project location and the

recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife

Warden-thereon.

NA

v Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief

Wildlife Warden of the State Government for conservation of

Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area.

NA

vi Copy of application submitted for clearance under the

Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to the Standing Committee of

the National Board for Wildlife.

NA

6 Environmental Status

i Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the project

site and site-specific micrometeorological data using

temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and

direction and rainfall.

3.3, Page No. 121,122

iii AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10,

PM2.5, SO2, NOX


No.124 to 128 , CO and other parameters relevant to the

project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be

based CPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-

dominant wind direction, population zone and sensitive

receptors including reserved forests.

iii Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all

stations as per frequency given in the NAQQM Notification

of Nov. 2009 along with - min., max., average and 98%

values for each of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ

Annexure VII

EIA REPORT



stations should be provided as an annexure to the EIA

Report

iv Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and

downstream of discharge point) and other surface drains at

eight locations as per CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines.


section 3.12.2, Page No.133 to

135

v Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river

identified by the CPCB/MoEF&CC, if yes give details.

Not applicable

vi Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be

included.



133 vii Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area. Chapter 3 , Section 3.11, Page

viii Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines. Chapter 3 , Section 3.13, Page

ix Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of

vehicles for transportation of materials, additional traffic due

to proposed project, parking arrangement etc.

Chapter 3, Section 3.16,

Page No. 146

x Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and

aquatic) existing in the study area shall be given with special

reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If

Schedule- I fauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife

Conservation Plan shall be prepared and furnished.


Page No. 138 to 143

xi Socio-economic status of the study area. Chapter 3, Section 3.15,

Page No. 143-146

7 Impact and Environment Management Plan

i Assessment of ground level concentration of pollutants from

the stack emission based on site-specific meteorological

features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, the

AQIP Modelling shall be done using inputs of the specific

terrain characteristics for determining the potential impacts

of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources

of emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the

area shall be assessed. Details of the model used and the

input data used for modelling shall also be provided. The air

quality contours shall be plotted on a location map showing

the location of project site, habitation nearby, sensitive


sub section 4.4.1, page No.

156 to 161

ii Water Quality modeling - in case of discharge in water body Not applicable

EIA REPORT



iii Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end

products on the surrounding environment hall be assessed

and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw

materials and Finished products and wastes (large

quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or conveyorcum-

rail transport shall be examined.

Chapter 7, Section 7.2.3.6.,

Page No.182

iv A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant

operations, extent recycled and reused for different

purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent

treatment. Characteristics of untreated and treated effluent

to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E(P)

Rules.

Chapter 2, section 2.11, sub

section 2.11.2 page No. 108,

109

v Details of stack emission and action plan for control of

Emissions to meet standards.


sub section 4.3.1, page no.

148 to 149 and Section 4.4,

sub section 4.4.1, Page No.156

to 157

vi Measures for fugitive emission control Chapter 4, Section 4.3,

sub section 4.3.1, page no.

148 to 149 and Section 4.4,

sub section 4.4.1, Page No.156

to 157

vii Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage,

utilization a n d m a n a g e m e n t . Copies o f M O U

r e g a r d i n g utilization of solid and hazardous waste in

cement plant shall also be included. EMP shall include the

concept of waste- minimization, recycle/reuse/recover

techniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource

conservation.


section 4.4.7, page no. 163,

164

EIA REPORT



viii Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash

Notification, 2009. A detailed plan of action shall be provided.


section 4.3.1, page no. 148 to

189 and Section 4.4, sub section

4.4.1, Page No.156 to 157

ix Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 %

area i.e. land with not less than 1,500 trees per ha. Giving

details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc.

shall be included. The green belt shall be around the project

boundary and a scheme for greening of the roads used for

the project shall also be incorporated.

Chapter 9, Section 9.6,sub

section 9.6.4 Page No.242 to

243

x Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site

shall be submitted to harvest rainwater from the roof tops

and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and

also to use for the various activities at the project site to

conserve fresh water and reduce the water requirement

from other sources.

Chapter 2, Section 2.13, Page

No.110, 111

xi Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for

environmental pollution control measures shall be included.


sub section 6.3.2, Table

6.2.,Page No.171, 172

xii Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall be

submitted.

Chapter 6, Section 6.3.1, Table

6.1, Page No. 170,171

xiii Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made)

Preparedness and Emergency Management Plan including

Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster

management plan should be linked with District Disaster

Management Plan.

Chapter 7, Section 7.2, Page

No.175 to 190

8 Occupational health

i Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational health &

safety of all contract and casual workers


section 7.2.6., Page No.189

ii Designed fo rmat , ch es t x rays , Aud io m e t r y ,

Sp i r omet r y , Vision testing (Far & Near vision, colour

vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre

placement and periodical examinations give the details of

the same. Details regarding last month analysed data of

Not applicable, It is a

New Project.

EIA REPORT



above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of

exposure and department wise.

iii Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are

the exposure levels of hazards and whether they are within

Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within

PEL, what measures the company has adopted to keep

them within PEL so that health of the workerscan be

preserved,

Not applicable, It is a New

Project.

iv Annual report of heath status of workers with special reference

to Occupational Health and Safety.

Not applicable, It is a New

Project.

9 Corporate Environment Policy

i Does the company have a well laid down Environment Policy

approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in

the EIA report.

Annexure III

ii Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard

operating process / procedures to bring into focus any

infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or

forest norms / conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the

EIA.

Annexure III

iii What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of

the company to deal with the environmental issues and for

ensuring compliance with the environmental clearance

conditions? Details of this system may be given.

Project Proponent / Manager /

Supervisor / Plant Operator/

Chemist with the environmental

issues,

iv Does the company have system of reporting of non

Compliances / violations of environmental norms to the

Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders

or stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism shall

be detailed in the EIA report

Not applicable

10 Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation,

fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to the labour force during

construction as well as to the casual workers including truck

drivers during operation phase.

Chapter 2, section 2.15 page no.

111

EIA REPORT



11 Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC) Chapter 8, page No. 230 to 231

i Adequate funds (at least 2.5 % of the project cost) shall be

earmarked towards the Enterprise Social Commitment

based on Public Hearing issues and item-wise details along

with time bound action plan shall be included. Socio-

economic development activities need to be elaborated

upon.

Chapter 8, section 8.3, page no.

230 to 231

12 Any litigation pending against the project and/or any

direction/order passed by any Court of Law against the

project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the

unit received any notice under the Section 5 of Environment

(Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and Water

Acts? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the

notice(s) and present status of the case.

No litigation pending

13 ‘A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of

above TOR.

Noted initial pages of EIA report

page no: 5 to 13

1 Details on solvents to be used, measures for solvent

recovery and for emissions control.

Not applicable

2 Details of process emissions from the proposed unit and its

arrangement to control.

Chapter 2,Section 2.11., Page

3 Ambient air quality data should include VOC, other process-

specific pollutants* like NH3*, chlorine*, HCl*, HBr*, H2S*,

HF*,etc.,(*-as applicable)


No.124 to 127

4 Work zone monitoring arrangements for hazardous

Chemicals.


section 4.4.8 page no: 164,164 5 Detailed effluent treatment scheme including segregation of

effluent streams for units adopting 'Zero' liquid discharge.


section 2.11.2, Page

No.108, 109 6 Action plan for odour control to be submitted. Chapter 4, Section 4.4, sub

section 4.4.10, Page No.165 7 A copy of the Memorandum of Understanding signed with

cement manufacturers indicating clearly that they co-

process organic solid/hazardous waste generated.

The fly ash shall be sold to

farmers

EIA REPORT



8 Authorization/Membership for the disposal of liquid effluent

in CETP and solid/hazardous waste in TSDF, if any.

A ZLD unit.

9 Action plan for utilization of MEE/dryers salts. Chapter 6

10 Material Safety Data Sheet for all the Chemicals are being

used/will be used.


section 2.7.4, Page No. 65 To

67

11 Authorization/Membership for the disposal of

solid/ hazardous waste in TSDF.

Shall be applied for the

permission while obtaining

Consent from GPCB

12 Details of incinerator if to be installed. Not applicable

13 Risk assessment for storage and handling of hazardous

Chemicals/solvents. Action plan for handling & safety system

to be incorporated

Chapter 7,Section 7.1., Page

No.173 to 190

14 Arrangements for ensuring health and safety of workers

engaged in handling of toxic materials

Chapter 7,Section 7.2, sub


190

1.8. Structure of the Report

EIA report contains baseline data, project description and assessment of impacts and

preparation of Environmental Management Plan and Disaster Management Plan. The report is

organized in following eleven chapters:

Executive Summary

This chapter gives the Executive Summary of the EIA report.

Chapter 1: Introduction

This chapter describes objectives and methodology for EIA

Chapter 2: Project Description

This chapter gives a brief description of the location, approachability, amenities, layout and

utilities of the proposed project. This chapter also gives outline of status of completion of

construction activities as this is a proposed project.

Chapter 3: Description of the Environment

This chapter presents details of the baseline environmental status for microclimate, air quality,

noise, water quality, soil quality, flora, fauna, socio-economic status and traffic etc.

EIA REPORT



Chapter 4: Anticipated Environmental Impact and Mitigation Measures

This chapter discusses the possible sources of pollution and environmental impacts due to the

project during construction and operation phases and suggests the mitigation measures.

Chapter 5: Analysis of Alternatives

This chapter covers analysis of technology alternatives and site alternatives. Chapter 6: Environmental Monitoring Plan

This chapter discusses the details about the environmental monitoring program during

construction and operation phases.

Chapter 7: Additional Studies

This chapter covers information about Risk Assessment Studies for the construction and

operation phase, the safety precautions that are taken during construction phase and Disaster

Management Plan and Emergency Preparedness Plan onsite and offsite.

Chapter 8: Project Benefits

This chapter presents the benefits from this project.

Chapter 9: Environmental Management Plan

This chapter deals with the Environmental Management Plan (EMP) for the proposed Project

and indicates measures proposed to minimize the likely impacts on the environment during

construction and operation phases and budgetary allocation for the same

Chapter 10: Conclusion

This chapter presents the conclusion made by the project proponent and developer.

Chapter 11: Disclosure of Consultant

This chapter presents the details of the consultant.

EIA REPORT



CHAPTER 2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION

2.1. Introduction

This section of the report describes the features of the proposed project in detail to allow an

assessment of its environmental impact. A complete description is important to understand the

potential environmental implications of the initiative and accordingly addressing issues in an

appropriate manner. Description of the proposed project components and activities are presented

together with the aspects during the construction and operation phase of the project, which are also

important from the environmental perspective.

This chapter highlights the features of proposed chemical manufacturing plant with respect to storage

yard for storage of raw materials, utilities, infrastructure facilities and sources of waste generation,

their quantity, treatment and safe disposal of the waste.

2.2. Type of project

The project is neither an interlinked project nor an interdependent project. The proposed project is

manufacturing unit for the production of Various Synthetic Organic Dyes. For the manufacturingof the

new products, some equipments and machinery will be installed also. The project falls under Category

‘A’, Section 5(f) “Synthetic organic chemical industry” of EIA notification 2006 and subsequent

amendments.

2.3. Need for the Project

This report highlights the details of the selected site, raw materials, availability of water, fuel and

electricity, features of the main plant equipment, environmental aspects, estimates of the project cost

and the schedule for the project implementation.

2.4. Justification of Project

M/s Aditya Color Chem has been incorporated with main object to manufacture Synthetic

Organic Dyes, which have a good export potential.The Proposed unitis tolocated atPlot No.66-

70,Rudra Industrial Park Bakrol, Village: Bakrol (Bujrang), Tal: Daskroi: Ahmedabad, Gujarat

382210.The site is well connected by roads and close to National Highway (NH-8), Railway

station (Vatva 9.38 km) and Ahmedabad Airport (15 km) at Ahmedabad. The raw material required

for this plant is easily available from and within local markets of Gujarat. Manpower required is easily

available and which in turn will generate employment. Products are primarily meant for export for

which import and export facilities are available in Gujarat. Moreover, this will result in revenue

generation and socio-economic upliftment through CSR activities.

2.5. Project Cost

Total Project Cost for proposed project activity is Rs.375 lacs (Proposed).

EIA REPORT



2.6. Location of the Project site Location: M/s. Aditya Color Chem is Located Plot No.66-70,Rudra Industrial Park Bakrol, Village: Bakrol (Bujrang), Tal: Daskroi: Ahmedabad, Gujarat 382210.

Coordinates: Longitude 72°43'27.59"E and Latitude 22°58'20.86"N.

Figure 2.1. Project Location Map

Figure 2.1 Project Location Map

EIA REPORT



Point Latitudes Longitudes

A 22°58'20.33"N 72°43'28.30"E

B 22°58'21.21"N 72°43'28.27"E

C 22°58'21.31"N 72°43'26.51"E

D 22°58'20.32"N 72°43'26.50"E

Figure 2.2 Google Image of the project site Co-ordinates of the project boundary:

2.6.1 Land requirement details

The proposed project will be within the premises, which are sufficient to accommodate the

proposed plan for this project. Total land area of the plant is 1492.96 Sq. m. The total area

requirements are given in the below table:

EIA REPORT



Table 2.1 Area Details

Sr. No. Details of Land Area For Proposed Plant (m2)

1 Net Plot Area 1492.88

1 Processing Area(Section 1-Blending and Packing) 216.13

2 Processing Area (Section 2-Mfg.Plnt,UG Water

Tank & Electric Room) 216.13

3 Processing Area (Section 3- Mfg Plnt ) 216.13

4 Processing Area (Section 4- Spray Dryer. Cole yard &

Utility) 149.13

5 Green Belt Area 492.7

6 Road-open 135.66

7 ETP 67.0

Total Area 1492.88

EIA REPORT



Plant Layout: The plant layout is given in below figure:

Figure 2.3 Plant Layout

EIA REPORT



2.6.2. Environmental Settings

Table 2.2 Environmental Settings of the Project Site

2.7. Size or magnitude of operation

2.7.1. Products and Production Capacities

Proposed products for the new plant with capacity are shown in below table;

Table 2.3 Proposed Products and Production Capacities (Details of all the products)

Sr. No. Name of Product Quantity (MTM)

1 Powder Dyes 40

2 Liquid Dyes 90

Sr. No. Particulars Details

1 Elevation above MSL 53 meterabove Mean Sea Level

2 Climatic Conditions (As per IMD) Annual Mean Maximum Temperature: 43° C

Annual Mean Minimum Temperature:15° C

Annual average Rainfall :750 mm

3 Nearest village Bakrol (1.98 NE)

4 Nearest Town/City Ahmedabad city (6.54 W)

5 Nearest Fire Station Odhav – 9.91 Km, NW

6 Nearest School Bakrol (1.98 NE)

7 Nearest Airport Ahmedabad (3.3 NE)

8 Nearest Police Station Kanbha (4.39 N)

9 Nearest Highway Indore Highway (3.3 NE)

10 Nearest Hospital Swayambhu Hospital (7 NNW)

11 Nearest Water Body Sabarmati River (14.82 NW)

12 Nearest Bus station Bakrol (1.98 NE)

13 Airport 15 km (15.0 NW)

14 Ecologically sensitive zones within

10-km distance

No eco-sensitive areas are present within 10 km

radius

15 Historical/ Archaeological places No

16 National Parks/Wild Life Sanctuary Not present within the 10 Km radius

17 List of major Industries within 10

Km

Kroma Paint ,Maruti Filter Industries , iPan

Machineries Pvt.Ltd etc.

18 Seismic Zone Zone – III

EIA REPORT



2.7.2. Details of By-products:

There will be no generation of By-Product from the proposed Unit.

2.7.3 Raw Materials Requirement

Source: Indigenous Market

Transportation: Road transport through trucks.

Details of the raw materials are given in below table:

Table 2.4 Details of Raw Materials

Product wise Raw material Details

1. Acid Yellow 151

Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs

1 Water 1000 Hyflow 10 2 Ice 1500 Waste water to ETP 1139 3 OAPSA 250 Evaporation In Spray Drying 1000 4 HCI 305 Finish Product 2000 5 Sodium Nitrite 74 6 Acetoacetanilide 262 7 Caustic Flake 68 8 Cobalt Sulphate 180 9 Auxiliaries 300 10 Soda ash 200 11 Hyflow 10

TOTAL 4149 TOTAL 4149

2. Acid Yellow 194

Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 1500 Hyflow 10 2 Ice 1800 Waste water to ETP 1500 3 4-NAPSA 270 Evaporation in Spray drying 1749 4 HCI 375 Finish Product 2000 5 Sodium Nitrite 74 6 Acetoacetanilide 282 7 Caustic Flake 68 8 Cobalt Sulphate 180 9 Auxiliaries 300 10 Soda ash 200 11 Hyflow 10


EIA REPORT



3. Acid Red 34 Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 1000 Hyflow 10 2 Ice 1800 Waste water to ETP 1200 3 PNA.OSA 385 Evaporation in Spray drying 1584 4 HCI 475 Finish Product 2000 5 Sodium Nitrite 94 6 Gamma Acid 282 7 Caustic Flake 68 8 Cobalt Sulphate 180 9 Auxiliaries 300 10 Soda ash 200 11 Hyflow 10


4. Acid Red 183 Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 1200 Hyflow 10 2 Ice 2000 Waste water to ETP 1500 3 4-CAPSA 358 Evaporation in Spray drying 1708 4 HCI 475 Finish Product 2050 5 Sodium Nitrite 98 6 SPMP 322 7 Caustic Flake 70 8 Chromium Sulphate 200 9 Catalyst 35 10 Auxiliaries 300 11 Soda ash 200 12 Hyflow 10


5. Acid Red 186 Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 1200 Hyflow 10 2 Ice 2000 Waste water to ETP 1500 3 1-A,2-N,4-SA 350 Evaporation in Spray drying 1760 4 HCI 475 Finish Product 2000 5 Sodium Nitrite 98 6 3-PMP 332 7 Caustic Flake 70 8 Chromium Sulphate 200 9 Catalyst 35 10 Auxiliaries 300 11 Soda ash 200 12 Hyflow 10


EIA REPORT



6. Acid Brown 75 Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 1200 Hyflow 10 2 Ice 2000 Waste water to ETP 1500 3 H-Acid 250 Evaporation in Spray drying 1597 4 HCI 600 Finish Product 2000 5 Sodium Nitrite 150 6 Resorcinol 210 7 Na-Picramate 140 8 PNA 142 9 Caustic Flake 70 10 Catalyst 35 11 Auxiliaries 300 12 Hyflow 10


7. Acid Brown 83

Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 1000 Hyflow 10 2 Ice 2000 Waste water to ETP 1500 3 2,4-DANB 256 Evaporation in Spray drying 1310 4 HCI 505 Finish Product 2000 5 Sodium Nitrite 142 6 Resorcinol 210 7 OA 5-SA 150 8 Copper Sulphate 142 9 Caustic Flake 70 10 Catalyst 35 11 Auxiliaries 300 12 Hyflow 10


8. Acid Brown 161 Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 1200 Hyflow 10 2 Ice 1800 Waste water to ETP 1500 3 Anthranillic Acid 90 Evaporation in Spray drying 1483 4 Formalin 85 Finish Product 1500 5 HCI 445 6 Sodium Nitrite 130 7 Resorcinol 93 8 Aniline 2,4-DSA 80 9 Copper Sulphate 145 10 Caustic Flake 80 11 Catalyst 35 12 Auxiliaries 300 13 Hyflow 10 TOTAL 4493 TOTAL 4493

EIA REPORT



9. Acid Brown 165

Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 1100 Hyflow 10 2 Ice 1900 Waste water to ETP 1500 3 H-Acid 200 Evaporation in Spray drying 1463 4 HCI 430 Finish Product 1600 5 Sodium Nitrite 148 6 Resorcinol 160 7 Sodium Picramate 135 8 Caustic Flake 80 9 Ferric Chloride 75 10 Catalyst 35 11 Auxiliaries 300 12 Hyflow 10


10. Acid Brown 282

Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 1100 Hyflow 10 2 Ice 1900 Waste water to ETP 1500 3 6-Nitro 250 Evaporation in Spray drying 1254 4 HCI 430 Finish Product 2200 5 Sodium Nitrite 148 6 Beta Naphthol 210 7 4-NAP 158 8 PMP 168 9 Caustic Flake 80 10 Chromium Sulphate 175 11 Catalyst 35 12 Auxiliaries 300 13 Hyflow 10


11. Acid Brown 355

Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 1200 Hyflow 10 2 Ice 1800 Waste water to ETP 1700 3 4-NAPSA 230 Evaporation in Spray drying 1241 4 HCI 430 Finish Product 2000 5 Sodium Nitrite 148 6 PMP 168 7 6-Nitro 180 8 Beta Naphthol 195 9 Caustic Flake 80 10 Chromium Sulphate 175 11 Catalyst 35 12 Auxiliaries 300 13 Hyflow 10


EIA REPORT



12. Acid Brown 365

Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 1200 Hyflow 10 2 Ice 1800 Waste water to ETP 1200 3 4-CAPSA 230 Evaporation in Spray drying 1118 4 HCI 300 Finish Product 2000 5 Sodium Nitrite 70 6 PMP 198 7 Caustic Flake 80 8 Chromium Sulphate 105 9 Catalyst 35 10 Auxiliaries 300 11 Hyflow 10


13. Acid Brown 425

Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 1300 Hyflow 10 2 Ice 1700 Waste water to ETP 1400

3 Anthranillic Acid 205 Evaporation in Spray drying 1333 4 HCI 480 Finish Product 1000 5 Sodium Nitrite 115 6 Resorcinol 201 7 OT 5-SA 205 8 Caustic Flake 80 9 Chromium Sulphate 112 10 Catalyst 35 11 Auxiliaries 300 12 Hyflow 10


EIA REPORT



14. Acid Brown 432

Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 1400 Hyflow 10 2 Ice 1700 Waste water to ETP 1100 3 Anthranillic Acid 205 Evaporation in Spray drying 1993 4 HCI 510 Finish Product 1800

5 Sodium Nitrite 135 6 Resorcinol 201 7 Sodium Naphthionate 215 8 Caustic Flake 80 9 Chromium Sulphate 112 10 Catalyst 35 11 Auxiliaries 300 12 Hyflow 10


15. Acid Brown 434

Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 1400 Hyflow 10 2 Ice 1700 Waste water to ETP 1400 3 Anthranillic Acid 205 Evaporation in Spray drying 1496 4 HCI 510 Finish Product 2000 5 Sodium Nitrite 135 6 Resorcinol 201 7 Laurent Acid 218 8 Caustic Flake 80 9 Chromium Sulphate 112 10 Catalyst 35 11 Auxiliaries 300 12 Hyflow 10


16. cid Blue 113

Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 1400 Hyflow 10 2 Ice 1600 Waste water to ETP 1500 3 Metanillic Acid 225 Evaporation in Spray drying 1172 4 HCI 495 Finish Product 2000 5 Sodium Nitrite 142 6 Alpha Naphthylamine 212 7 PPA 218 8 Caustic Flake 80 9 Auxiliaries 300 10 Hyflow 10 TOTAL 4682 TOTAL 4682

EIA REPORT



17. Acid Blue 158

Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 1000 Hyflow 10 2 Ice 1500 Waste water to ETP 1000 3 6-Nitro 359 Evaporation in Spray drying 1137 4 HCI 360 Finish Product 2000 5 Sodium Nitrite 75 6 Beta Naphthol 310 7 Chromium Sulphate 118 8 Caustic Flake 80 9 Catalyst 35 10 Auxiliaries 300 11 Hyflow 10


18. Acid Blue 193

Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 1000 Hyflow 10 2 Ice 1500 Waste water to ETP 1000 3 1-Diazo Acid 355 Evaporation in Spray drying 1128 4 HCI 360 Finish Product 2000 5 Sodium Nitrite 75 6 Beta Naphthol 305 7 Chromium Sulphate 118 8 Caustic Flake 80 9 Catalyst 35 10 Auxiliaries 300 11 Hyflow 10


19. Acid Black 107

Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 1000 Hyflow 10 2 Ice 1800 Waste water to ETP 1400 3 Na Picramate 250 Evaporation in Spray drying 1206 4 HCI 410 Finish Product 2000 5 Sodium Nitrite 98 6 Beta Naphthol 305 7 6-Nitro 210 8 Chromium Sulphate 118 9 Caustic Flake 80 10 Catalyst 35 11 Auxiliaries 300 12 Hyflow 10


EIA REPORT



20. Acid Black 194

Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 1150 Hyflow 10 2 Ice 1500 Waste water to ETP 440 3 HCI 300 Evaporation in Spray drying 2100 4 Sodium Nitrite 42 Finish Product 1500 5 Beta Naphthol 305 6 6-Nitro 210 7 Chromium Sulphate 118 8 Caustic Flake 80 9 Catalyst 35 10 Auxiliaries 300 11 Hyflow 10


21. Acid Black 210

Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 1600 Hyflow 10 2 Ice 1700 Waste water to ETP 1595 3 HCI 560 Evaporation in Spray

drying 1600

4 Sodium Nitrite 150 Finish Product 2000 5 PNA 180 6 H Acid 200 7 DASA 205 8 Soda Ash 300 9 Auxiliaries 300 10 Hyflow 10


22. Acid Green104

Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 1000 Hyflow 10 2 Ice 1500 Waste water to ETP 1000 3 HCI 300 Evaporation in Spray drying 1200 4 Sodium Nitrite 82 Finish Product 2200

5 Picramic Acid 405 6 Dahl’s Acid 380 7 Chromium Sulphate 118 8 C.S. Flacks 80 9 Catalyst 35 10 Auxiliaries 300 11 Hyflow 10


EIA REPORT


M/s. Aditya Color Chem.

Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 1500 Hyflow 10 2 Ice 1500 Waste water to ETP 1000 3 PAAB 3,4 DSA 200 Evaporation in Spray

Drying 2000

4 HCI 350 Finish Product 1162 5 Sodium Nitrite 82 6 J-Acid Urea 155 7 Caustic Flake 75 8 Auxiliaries 300 9 Hyflow 10


23. Direct Yellow 11 / Direct Yellow 5 RA

Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 1500 Hyflow 10 2 Ice 00 Waste water to ETP 800 3 PNTOSA 500 Evaporation in Spray drying 700

4 Auxiliaries 300 Finish Product 1700 5 Caustic Flake 200


24. Direct Orange 26

Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 1000 Hyflow 10 2 Ice 1500 Waste water to ETP 807 3 Aniline 150 Evaporation in Spray Drying 1693 4 HCI 405 Finish Product 1307 5 Sodium Nitrite 72 6 J Acid Urea 305 7 Caustic Flake 75 8 Auxiliaries 300 9 Hyflow 10



Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 1000 Hyflow 10 2 Ice 1200 Waste water to ETP 507 3 Sulphanillic Acid 150 Evaporation in Spray

Drying 1500

4 HCI 405 Finish Product 1500 5 Sodium Nitrite 72 6 Aniline 305 7 Caustic Flake 75 8 Auxiliaries 300 9 Hyflow 10


26.Direct Red 80 / Direct Red 5BR

Green Circle Inc. Page 53

EIA REPORT



27. Direct Red 239 / Direct scarlet 6BS

Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 1500 Hyflow 10 2 Ice 1500 Waste water to ETP 1000 3 Bronner’s Acid 180 Evaporation in Spray

Drying 2000

4 HCI 335 Finish Product 1135 5 Sodium Nitrite 80 6 J-Acid Urea 155 7 Caustic Flake 75 8 Auxiliaries 300 9 Hyflow 10

TOTAL 4135 TOTAL 4135 28. Direct Blue 71

Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 1300 Hyflow 10 2 Ice 2000 Waste water to ETP 1000 3 C Acid 211 Evaporation in Spray Drying 2273 4 HCI 635 Finish Product 1600 5 Sodium Nitrite 180 6 J-Acid 185

Mix Cleaves Acid 154 7 C.S. Flacks 75 8 Auxiliaries 300 9 Hyflow 10


29. Direct Blue 279

Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 1000 Hyflow 10 2 Ice 2000 Waste water to ETP 1000 3 DASDA 290 Evaporation in Spray Drying 2000 4 HCI 350 Finish Product 1567 5 Sodium Nitrite 112 6 H Acid 400 7 Caustic Flake 115 8 Auxiliaries 300 9 Hyflow 10


30. Direct Blue 290

Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 1100 Hyflow 10 2 Ice 2000 Waste water to ETP 1000 3 Fast Red B Base 180 Evaporation in Spray Drying 2485 4 HCI 435 Finish Product 1000 5 Sodium Nitrite 80 6 Violet Acid 215 7 Copper Sulphate 100 8 Caustic Flake 75 9 Auxiliaries 300

EIA REPORT



10 Hyflow 10


31. Direct Black 19

Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 1300 Hyflow 10 2 Ice 2000 Waste water to ETP 1000 3 PNA 210 Evaporation in Spray Drying 2273 4 HCI 735 Finish Product 2000 5 Sodium Nitrite 180 6 H-Acid 245 7 MPD 155 8 Caustic Flake 75 9 Auxiliaries 300 10 Hyflow 10


32. Direct Black 168

Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 1000 Hyflow 10 2 Ice 2500 Waste water to ETP 1400 3 F C Acid 145 Evaporation in Spray Drying 2025 4 HCI 780 Finish Product 2000 5 Sodium Nitrite 215 6 H-Acid 85 7 MAP 95 8 Aniline 105 8 Caustic Flake 200 9 Auxiliaries 300 10 Hyflow 10


33.Direct Black 179

Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 1200 Hyflow 10 2 Ice 2300 Waste water to ETP 1000 3 PAA 148 Evaporation in Spray Drying 2437 4 HCI 780 Finish Product 2000 5 Sodium Nitrite 215 6 1,6 Cleaves Acid 97 7 Gamma acid 95 8 MPDSA 102

8 Caustic Flake 200 9 Auxiliaries 300 10 Hyflow 10


EIA REPORT



34. Direct Violet 9

Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 1200 Hyflow 10 2 Ice 2100 Waste water to ETP 1400 3 Sulphanillic acid 175 Evaporation in Spray Drying 1734 4 HCI 580 Finish Product 2100 5 Sodium Nitrite 175 6 P-Anisidine 147 7 NPJ 255 8 MPDSA 102 8 Caustic Flake 200 9 Auxiliaries 300 10 Hyflow 10


35. Direct Violet 35

Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 1200 Hyflow 10 2 Ice 2100 Waste water to ETP 1400 3 C acid 175 Evaporation in Spray Drying 1734 4 HCI 580 Finish Product 2100 5 Sodium Nitrite 175 6 P-Anisidine 147 7 NPJ 255 8 MPDSA 102 8 Caustic Flake 200 9 Auxiliaries 300 10 Hyflow 10



Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 1200 Hyflow 10 2 Ice 2100 Waste water to ETP 1400 3 Meta Xylidin 175 Evaporation in Spray Drying 1734 4 HCI 580 Finish Product 2100 5 Sodium Nitrite 175 6 P-Anisidine 147 7 NPJ 255 8 MPDSA 102 8 Caustic Flake 200 9 Auxiliaries 300 10 Hyflow 10


EIA REPORT



Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 700 Waste water to ETP 1051 2 Ice 700 Hyflow 10 3 S-Base 100 Finish Product 1000 4 HCI 205 5 Sodium Nitrite 24 6 G-Acid 102

LIQUID DYES : -

1. Acid Yellow R Liquid[ Acid Yellow 36 ]

Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 700 Waste water to ETP 1187 2 Ice 700 Hyflow 5 3 Metanillic Acid 100 Finish Product 1000 4 HCI 285 5 Sodium Nitrite 62 6 Diphenylamine 105 6 Caustic Flake 35 7 Auxiliaries 200 8 Hyflow 5


2. Acid Yellow 79 Liquid

Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 700 Waste water to ETP 1182 2 Ice 700 Hyflow 10 3 Bi-Phenol Ester 100 Finish Product 1000 4 HCI 275 5 Sodium Nitrite 64 6 3-[PMP] 105 7 Caustic Flake 38 7 Auxiliaries 200 8 Hyflow 5


3. Acid Orange 7Liquid

Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 700 Waste water to ETP 1167 2 Ice 700 Hyflow 5 3 Sulphanillic Acid 95 Finish Product 1000 4 HCI 265 5 Sodium Nitrite 64 6 Beta Naphthol 105 7 Caustic Flake 38 7 Auxiliaries 200 8 Hyflow 5


4. Acid Orange 34 Liquid


EIA REPORT



Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 850 Hyflow

7 Caustic Flake 20 7 Auxiliaries 200 8 Hyflow 5


5. Acid Red 249 Liquid

Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 700 Waste water to ETP 1067 2 Ice 700 Hyflow 5 3 2-A,4-CDP Ether 100 Finish Product 1000 4 HCI 215 5 Sodium Nitrite 27 6 Tosyl H Acid 105 7 C.S. Flacks 20 7 Auxiliaries 200 8 Hyflow 5


6. Acid Black 194

Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 750 Hyflow 5 2 ICE 700 Waste water to ETP 995 3 HCI 100 4 Sodium Nitrite 18 Finish Product 1000 5 Beta Naphthol 100 6 6-Nitro 55 7 Chromium Sulphate 35 8 Caustic Flake 25 9 Catalyst 12 10 Propylene Glycol 200 11 Hyflow 5


7. Direct Yellow 11

Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 450 Hyflow 5 2 PANTOSA 200 Finish Product 1000 3 Caustic Flake 100 4 Catalyst 50 5 Hyflow 5 6 Tri ethanol amine 200


8. Direct Yellow27


EIA REPORT



Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 850 Hyflow 5 2 ICE 700 Waste water to ETP 1303 3 HCI 155 Finish Product 1000 4 Sodium Nitrite 28 5 DTPTSA 118 6 AAPC-Acid 115

2 ICE 700 Waste water to ETP 1266 3 HCI 155 Finish Product 1000 4 Sodium Nitrite 21 5 DTPTSA 98 6 Acetoacetanilide 105 7 Caustic Flake 25 8 Catalyst 112 9 Hyflow 5 10 Triethanol amine 200


9. Direct Yellow 137

Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 1040 Hyflow 5 2 ICE 300 Waste water to ETP 1066 3 HCI 155 Finish Product 1000 4 Sodium Nitrite 21 5 DTPTSA 108 6 5-Methyl Pyrazole 105 7 Caustic Flake 25 8 Catalyst 112 9 Hyflow 5 10 Triethanol amine 200


10. Direct Yellow / Direct Yellow 4GL Liquid [147 ]

Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 850 Hyflow 5 2 ICE 700 Waste water to ETP 1303 3 HCI 155 Finish Product 1000 4 Sodium Nitrite 28 5 DTPTSA 118 6 Barbituric Acid 115 7 Caustic Flake 25 8 Catalyst 112 9 Hyflow 5 10 Triethanol amine 200


11. Direct Yellow 157/ Direct Yellow 5GL Liquid


EIA REPORT



7 Caustic Flake 25 8 Catalyst 112 9 Hyflow 5 10 Triethanol amine 200



] Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 450 Hyflow 5 2 PANTOSA 200 Finish Product 1000 3 C.S. Flacks 100 4 Catalyst 50 5 Hyflow 5 6 Tri ethanol amine 200



Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 900 Hyflow 5 2 Ice 900 Waste water to ETP 1352 3 Sulphanillic Acid 65 Finish Product 1000 4 HCI 140 5 Sodium Nitrite 22 6 Aniline 55 7 Caustic Flake 15

Catalyst 55 Hyflow 5 8 Propylene Glycol 200 9


14. Direct Orange 102 Liquid

Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 600 Hyflow 5 2 Ice 900 Waste water to ETP 1347 3 Aniline 55 Finish Product 1000 4 HCI 240 5 Sodium Nitrite 32 6 PAAB 65 7 J-Acid Urea 145 8 Caustic Flake 55 9 Catalyst 55 10 Hyflow 5 12 Triethanol Amine 200


15. Direct Red 80/Direct Red 5BR

Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs

EIA REPORT



Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 1200 Hyflow 13 2 Ice 1200 Waste water to ETP 2400 3 PAABSA 150 Finish Product 1020 4 HCI 240 5 Sodium Nitrite 32 6 J-Acid 166 7 Caustic Flake 55 8 CyCI3 75

MEA 110

1 Water 600 Hyflow 5 2 Ice 900 Waste water to ETP 1372 3 PAAB 3,4 DSA 145 Finish Product 1000 4 HCI 240 5 Sodium Nitrite 32 6 J-Acid Urea 145 7 Caustic Flake 55 8 Catalyst 55 9 Hyflow 5 10 Triethanol Amine 200


16. Direct Red 81 / Direct Red 5BL

Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 600 Hyflow 5 2 Ice 900 Waste water to ETP 1418 3 PAABSA 175 Finish Product 1000 4 HCI 240 5 Sodium Nitrite 32 6 Benzamido J-Acid 161 7 Caustic Flake 55 8 Catalyst 55 9 Hyflow 5 10 Triethanol Amine 200


17. Direct Red 239 / Direct scarlet 6BS

Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 600 Hyflow 5 2 Ice 900 Waste water to ETP 1408 3 Bronner’s Acid 160 Finish Product 1000 4 HCI 240 5 Sodium Nitrite 32 6 J-Acid Urea 166 7 Caustic Flake 55 8 Catalyst 55 9 Hyflow 5 10 Triethanol Amine 200


18. Direct Red 253 / Direct Red L3B


EIA REPORT



Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 600 Hyflow 5 2 Ice 1200 Waste water to ETP 1442 3 DASDA 90 Finish Product 1000

9 Hyflow 5 10 Triethanol Amine 200


19. Direct Red 254 / Direct Pink 3B

Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 1200 Hyflow 5 2 Ice 1200 Waste water to ETP 2241 3 PAABSA 150 Finish Product 1000 4 HCI 240 5 Sodium Nitrite 38 6 Benzamido J-Acid 158 7 Caustic Flake 55 9 Hyflow 5 10 Triethanol Amine 200


20. Direct Blue 71

Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 900 Hyflow 5 2 Ice 1600 Waste water to ETP 2387 3 C Acid 105 Finish Product 1000 4 HCI 335 5 Sodium Nitrite 53 6 J-Acid 75

Mix Cleaves Acid 74 7 Caustic Flake 45 8 Diethanol Amine 200 9 Hyflow 5


21. Direct Blue 199 / Turq. Blue FB L

Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 900 Hyflow 5 2 Ice 1600 Waste water to ETP 2153 3 C .S.Acid 175 Finish Product 1000 4 CPC BLUE 75 5 Liq. Ammonia 93 6 Diethanol Amine 200 7 Propylene glycol 110 8 Hyflow 5


22. Direct Blue 279


EIA REPORT



4 HCI 205 5 Sodium Nitrite 42 6 H Acid 70 7 Caustic Flake 35 8 Auxiliaries 200 9 Hyflow 5


23. Direct Blue 290

Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 900 Hyflow 5 2 Ice 1200 Waste water to ETP 1745 3 Fast Red B Base 70 Finish Product 1000 4 HCI 195 5 Sodium Nitrite 30 6 Violet Acid 65 7 Copper Sulphate 50 8 Caustic Flake 35 9 Auxiliaries 200 10 Hyflow 5


24. Direct Black 19

Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 900 Hyflow 5 2 Ice 1400 Waste water to ETP 1955 3 PNA 70 Finish Product 1000 4 HCI 235 5 Sodium Nitrite 35 6 H-Acid 45 7 MPD 35 8 Caustic Flake 35 9 Auxiliaries 200 10 Hyflow 5



Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 900 Hyflow 5 2 Ice 1400 Waste water to ETP 1987 3 F C Acid 75 Finish Product 1000 4 HCI 180 5 Sodium Nitrite 37 6 H-Acid 45 7 MAP 45 8 Aniline 55 8 Caustic Flake 50 9 Auxiliaries 200 10 Hyflow 5


EIA REPORT




Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 900 Hyflow 10 2 Ice 1500 Waste water to ETP 2293 3 PAA 48 Finish Product 1000 4 HCI 380 5 Sodium Nitrite 75 6 1,6 Cleaves Acid 47 7 Gamma acid 51 8 MPDSA 52 8 Caustic Flake 40 9 Auxiliaries 200 10 Hyflow 5


27. Direct Violet 9

Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 900 Hyflow 5 2 Ice 1450 Waste water to ETP 2154 3 Sulphanillic acid 65 Finish Product 1000 4 HCI 260 5 Sodium Nitrite 75 6 P-Anisidine 57 7 NPJ 55 8 MPDSA 52 8 Caustic Flake 40 9 Auxiliaries 200 10 Hyflow 5



Sr.No. Input Qty.in Kgs Output Qty.in Kgs 1 Water 900 Hyflow 5 2 Ice 1450 Waste water to ETP 2174 3 C acid 75 Finish Product 1000 4 HCI 280 5 Sodium Nitrite 65 6 P-Anisidine 57 7 NPJ 55 8 MPDSA 52 8 Caustic Flake 40 9 Auxiliaries 200 10 Hyflow 5


EIA REPORT




Sr.No. Input Qty.in

Kgs/tone of product

Output Qty.in Kgs/tone of Product

1 Water 900 Hyflow 5 2 Ice 1450 Waste water to ETP 2174 3 Meta Xylidin 75 Finish Product 1000 4 HCI 280 5 Sodium Nitrite 65 6 P-Anisidine 57 7 NPJ 55 8 MPDSA 52 8 Caustic Flake 40 9 Auxiliaries 200 10 Hyflow 5


EIA REPORT



2.7.4 Details & MSDS of Raw materials

Sr. No

Full name Of the

raw materials

State

B.P.

°C

F.P.

°C

LEL

UEL

TLV

ppm

or mg/

3

LD50

mg/Kg LC

mg/l

Specific

Gravity

(water

1)

Vapor

density

(air=1)

Odour

thresh old

ppm or

mg/m3

1 H-Acid Solid N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.

2 Soda Ash Solid N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. 4090/2300 2.532 N.A. N.A.

3 Sodium Nitrite Solid 320 N.A. N.A. N.A. 180/5.5 2.2 N.A. N.A.

4 Water Liquid 100 N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. 1 0.62 N.A

N

Caustic Flaks Solid 1388 N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. 2.13 N.A. N.A.

6 HCl Liquid 320 N.A. N.A. N.A. 180/5.5 2.2 N.A. N.A.

7 Ice Solid -78..5 N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. 1.522 N.A.

8 OAPSA Solid N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.

9 Aniline Liquid 184.1 70 1.323 2 ppm 1400 1.0216 N.A. N.A.

10 Acetoacetanilide Solid N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.

11 Cobalt sulphate Solid N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. 424 N.A. N.A. N.A.

12 Auxiliaries Liquid 141 50 N.A. N.A. N.A. 1.51 N.A. N.A.

13 Hyflow Solid N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. 2.3 N.A. N.A.

14 4-NAPSA Solid 453.78 N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.

15 PNAOSA Solid N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.

16 Gamma Acid Solid N.A. 195 N.A. N.A. 12680 N.A. N.A. N.A.

17 4-CAPSA Solid N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.

18 SPMP Solid N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.

EIA REPORT



19 Chromium

Sulphate

Solid N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. 0.5 N.A

.

N.A. N.A

.

20 Catalyst Solid N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A N.A N.A N.A

21 1-A,2-N,4-SA Solid N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A N.A N.A N.A

22 3 PMP Solid N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A N.A N.A N.A

23 Resorcinol Solid 28 N.A. N.A. N.A. 0.5 N.A N.A. N.A

24 Na-Picramate Solid 386.3 98.8 N.A. N.A. N.A N.A N.A N.A

25 PNA Solid N.A 164 N.A N.A 750 N.A N.A N.A

26 2,4 PANB Solid N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A

27 OA 5-SA Solid N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A

28 Copper sulphate Solid 150 N.A N.A N.A N.A 2.284 N.A N.A

29 Anthronilic Acid Solid N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A 1.142 4.7 N.A

30 Formalin Liquid -19 64 N.A N.A 100 N.A N.A N.A

31 Aniline 2,4,DSA Solid N.A 300 N.A N.A 500 N.A N.A N.A

32 Ferric Chloride Solid 316 N.A.. N.A N.A 900 2.9 5.61 N.a.

33 6-Nitro Solid N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.

34 Beta Napthol Solid 285 153 N.A N.A 1960 N.A N.A N.A

35 4-NAP Solid N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A

36 PMP Solid N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A

37 Sodium Solid N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A <1 N.A N.A

38 Metanillic acid Solid N.A N.A 500 N.A N.A N.A 1.69 N.A

39 Alpha Liquid 139 N.A 500 N.A N.A N.A 5.90 N.A

40 PPA Liquid 300 N.A N.A 3 N.A 1.9-2.1 N.A N.A

41 1-Diazo Acid Solid N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A

42 Na Picramate Solid 170 N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A 1 N.A

43 DASA Solid N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A

44 Picramic Acid Solid N.A 98.8 N.A N.A 378 N.A N.A N.A

45 Dahl’s Acid Solid N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A

46 C.S.Flacks Soild N.A ` N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A

47 PNTOSA Solid N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A

48 J Acid Urea solid N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A

49 Sulphuric Acid Liquid 340 N.A N.A N.A 49 84 3.4 N.A

EIA REPORT



50 PAAB 3,4 DSA Solid N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A

51 Broner’s Acid Solid N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A

52 DASDA Solid N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A

53 Fast fed B Base Solid N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A

54 Violet Acid Liquid N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A

55 MPD Solid 287 N.A N.A N.A 67.7 N.A N.A N.A

56 MAP Solid N.A N.A N.A N.A 2000 N.A 60.64 N.A

57 F C Acid Solid N.A N.A N.A N.A 10000 N.A N.A N.A

58 1,6 Cleaves Acid Solid N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A

59 MPDSA Solid N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A

60 P-Anisidine Solid 246 5 N.A N.A 1320 N.A 4.28 N.A

61 NPJ Solid N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A

62 Bi-Phenol Ester Solid 254.5 112.8 N.A N.A 2400 1.04 5.8 N.A

63 3-[PMP] Solid N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A

64 S-Base Solid N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A

65 G-Acid Solid N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A

66 2,A-4-CDP Ether Solid N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A

67 Tosyl H Acid Solid N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A N.A

68 Propylene glycol Liquid 188 99 N.A. N.A. 5000 1.036 2.62 N.A.

69 DTPTSA Solid N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.

70 5-Methyl pyrazole Solid N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.

71 Triethanol amine Liquid 335 179.44 N.A. N.A. N.A. 1.12 5.1 N.A.

72 Barbituric acid Solid 248 N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.

73 AAPC –acid Solid N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.

74 PAAB Solid N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.

75 PAAB PAAB ,4 Solid N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.

76 PAABSA Solid N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.

77 Benzamido J Acid Solid N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.

78 CyCl3 Liquid N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.

79 C S acid Solid N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.

80 CPC blue Solid N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. 1.5 N.A. N.A.

81 Meta xylidin Solid N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.

EIA REPORT



1. Clearance for air and water pollution : GPCB

2. Water availability and use : Bore-well

3. Boiler pressure parts : Chief Inspector of Boiler

4. Plant Installation : Factory Inspectorate

5. Electricity Installation : Electrical Inspectorate

6. Construction Labour : Labour Commissioner

2.8. Proposed schedule for Approval and Implementation

In order to control and regulate the development of chemical project, a legal framework has been

developed by Govt. of India. Accordingly, several clearances and approvals shall be required to be

obtained from different Government and Statutory Agencies at various stages of development and

operation at phase of the project. Indicative list of Approvals /Clearances to be obtained from Govt.

Authorities for this project are as below:

2.9. Manufacturing Process

2.9.1. Type 1 Manufacturing Process For Synthetic Organic Liquid Dyes: -

Amine intermediates are diazotized in aqueous media with dilute Hydrochloric acid & Sodium nitrite at

0 to 5 deg. Temperature in MSRLTL vessel& coupled with respective couplres.at 5 Deg.temp. Then

Mass is clarified on PP clarifier. Then mass is passed through Reverse osmosis fro salt free

purification. Then it is standardizing with water & preservatives in SS Vessel. & finally it is Packed In

ISO tanks or In PP containers.

EIA REPORT



2.] Block Diagram For Liquid Dyes: -

EIA REPORT



2.9.2. Type 2 Manufacturing Process for Synthetic Organic Liquid Dyes: -

Respective Dry Powder of Acid & Direct dyes as per above list is dissolve in RO water, Treated with

Tri N-butyl amine in acidic pH to get isolate. Then salty water get removed by separation. Separated

acidic water neutralized & again make salt free for Re-Uses& TnBA Recovered&re-Cycle for next

Batch. Salt free Product wet cake is neutralized with Diethanol amine & standerdtised with RO water &

preservatives in SS Vessel. & finally it is Packed in ISO tanks or In PP containers.

2.] Block Diagram For Liquid Dyes: -

2.9.3. Manufacturing Process for Synthetic Organic Powder Dyes: -

Amine intermediates are diazotized in aqueous media with dilute Hydrochloric acid & Sodium nitrite at

0 to 5 degC. temperature in MSRLTL vessel. Then it is clarified through PP Clarifier & collected in

another MSRLTL & coupled with respective couplres.at 5 degC.temp. Then Monoazo eighter metalized

or further diazotised to make polyazodyes with respective couplers & metalized. Then isolated,filtered

and ,dried in tray dryers ,pulverize for final products or to use for Liquidification OR metalized mass

clarified on filter press ,Make salt free on RO ,standardize & dried on Spray Dryer.Then finally it is

Packed.

SECTION: A POWDER Dyes: -

2.9.4. Acid Yellow 151

Manufacturing Process: -

OAPSA is Diazotized & coupled with Acetoacetanilide.Monocoupled mass is Metalized with Cobalt

Sulphate. Then reaction mass is filtered & Wet cake is make in slurry form, standardized & spray dried.

a.Diazotization of OAPSA

EIA REPORT



OAPPSA C6 H8 N2O3S + 2HCI + NaNO2

Diazotization OAPPSA Diazo C6 H6 N3CIO3S +NaCI + 2 H2O

Mol.Wt. 188 73 69 235.5 58.5 36

b. Coupling with Acetoacetanilide

OAPPSA Diazo + Acetoacetanilide C6 H6 N3CIO3 S + C10 H11 NO2

Coupling Mono Azo Dye C16 H16 N4 O5S

+HCI

Mol.Wt. 235.5 177 376 36.5

c. Metallization & Sodium Salt Preparation

Mono Azo Dye Cobalt Sulphate 2XC16H16N4O5S+ CoSO4.7H2O +2NaOH

Metallization Acid Yellow 194 free acid C32 H28CoN8O10 S2.2H + Na2SO4+9.H2O

Mol.Wt. 752 281 80 808 142 162

2.9.5. Acid Yellow 194

Manufacturing Process:

4-NAPSA is Diazotized & coupled with Acetoacetanilide.Monocoupled mass is Metalized with Cobalt

Sulphate. Then reaction mass is filtered & Wet cake is make in slurry form, standardized & spray

dried.

a. Diazotization of 4-NAPSA

4-NAPSA C6 H6 N2O6S + 2HCI + 2 NaNO2

Diazotization 4-NAPSA Diazo C6 H5 N2CIO3S + NaCI + 2 H2O

Mol.Wt. 234 73 69 281.5 58.5 36

b. Coupling with Acetoacetanilide

4-NAPSA + Acetoacetanilide C6 H5 N2CIO3S + C10 H11 NO2

Coupling Mono Azo Dye C16 H14 N4 O8S + HCI

Mol.Wt. 281.5 177 422.5 36.5


Mono Azo Dye Cobalt Sulphate 2X[C16 H14 N4 O8S ] + Co SO4.7H2O

Metallization Acid Yellow 194 free acid C32 H24CoN8O16 S2. + H2SO4+7.H2O

Mol.Wt. 845 281 902 98 126 Acid Yellow 194 free acid C.S.Lye C32 H24CoN8O16 S2. + 2. NaOH

Liquidation Acid Yellow 194 free acid C32 H22CoN8O16 S2.2NaOH + 2.H2O

902 80 946 6

EIA REPORT



2.9.6. Acid Red 34


PNA.OSA is Diazotized & coupled with Gamma Acid . Monocouple mass is filtered & Wet cake is

made in slurry form, standardized & spray dried.

a. Diazotization of PNA.OSA

PNA.OSA C6 H6 N2O5S +2HCI + 2 NaNO2

Diazotization PNA.OSA Diazo C6 H4 N3CIO5S + NaCI + 2 H2O

Mol.Wt. 21873 69 265.5 58.5 36

b. Coupling with Gamma Acid

PNA.OSA Diazo + Gamma Acid C6 H4 N3CIO5S + C10 H9 NO4S

Coupling Mono Azo Dye C16 H12 N4 O9 S +HCI

Mol.Wt. 265.5 239 468 36.5

2.9.7. Acid Red 183


4-CAPSA is Diazotized & coupled with SPMP. Monocoupled mass is Metalized with Chromium

Sulphate. Then reaction mass is isolated, filtered & Wet cake is make in slurry form, standardized &

spray dried

a. Diazotization of 4-CAPSA

4-CAPSA C6H6NCI.O4S + 2HCI + 2 NaNO2

Diazotization 4-CAPSA Diazo C6H4N2CI2O4S + NaCI + 2 H2O

Mol.Wt. 223.63 73 69 271 58.5 36

b. Coupling with SPMP

4-CAPSA Diazo+ SPMP C6H4N2CI2O4S + C10H10N2O2S

Coupling Mono Azo Dye C16H13N4O6S2.CI + HCI

Mol.Wt. 271 222 456.5 36.5


Mono Azo Dye C16H13N4O6S2.CI

BCS + CrSO4 +2NaOH

Metallization Acid Red 183 free acid C16H11CrN4O6S2.CI + Na2SO4+ 2H2O

Mol.Wt. 456.5 148 80 506.5 142 36

2.9.8. Acid Red 186


1-Amino,2-Naphthol,4-Sulphonic Acid is Diazotized & coupled with 1-[3-sulphophenyl]-3-methyl

Pyrazole Monocoupled mass is Metalized with BCS. Then reaction mass is isolated, filtered & Wet

EIA REPORT



cake is make in slurry form, standardized & spray dried.

a. Diazotization of 1-A,2-N,4-SA

1-A,2-N,4-SA C10H9NO4S + 2HCI +

NaNO2

Diazotization 1-A,2-N,4-SA Diazo C10H7N2CIO4S + NaCI + 2 H2O

Mol.Wt. 239 73 69 286.5 58.5 36

b. Coupling with 3-PMP

1-A,2-N,4-SA C10H7N2CIO4S +

+ 3-PMP C10H10 N2O4S

Coupling Mono Azo Dye C20H16N4O8S2 + HCI

Mol.Wt. 286.5 254 504 36.5


Mono Azo Dye BCS C20H16N4O8S2+ CrSO4 +2NaOH

Metallization Acid Red 183 free acid C20H14CrN4O8S2 + Na2SO4+ 2H2O

Mol.Wt. 504 148 80 554 142 36

2.9.9. Acid Brown 75

H-Acid is Diazotized & coupled with Resorcinol. Monocoupled mass is coupled with diazotized Na

Picramate.This bis-coupled mass again coupled with diazotized PNA Then reaction mass is filtered &

Wet cake is make in slurry form then standardized & spray dried

a. Diazotization of H-Acid

H-Acid C10 H9 NO7 S2 + 2HCI + 2 NaNO2

Diazotization H-Acid Diazo C10 H7 N2CIO7 S2 + NaCI + 2 H2O

Mol.Wt. 319 73 69 366.5 58.5 36

b. Mono Coupling with Resorcinol

H-Acid Diazo+ Resorcinol C10 H7 N2CIO7 S2+ C6 H6 O2

Coupling Mono Azo Dye C16 H12 N2 O9S2+ HCI

Mol.Wt. 366.5 110 440 36.5

c. Diazotization of Na Picramate

Na Picramate C6 H4 N3 O5Na

+ 2HCL +NaNO2

Diazotization Na Picramate Diazo C6 H2CIN4O5Na + NaCI + 2H2O

Mol.Wt. 221 73 69 268.5 58.5 36

d. Bis Coupling with Monoazo Dye

Na Picramate Diazo + Monoazo Dye C6 H2CIN4O5Na + C16 H12N2 O9S2

Coupling Bis Azo Dye C22 H13 N6 O14S2Na+ HCI

Mol.Wt. 268.5 440 672 36.5

EIA REPORT



e. Diazotization of PNA

PNA C6 H6 N2 O2

+

2HCL +NaNO2

Diazotization PNA Diazo C6 H4CIN3O2+ NaCI + 2H2O

Mol.Wt. 138 73 69 185.5 58.5 36

f. Third Coupling with Bis azo Dye

PNA Diazo + C6 H4CIN3O2 +

Bis Azo Dye C22 H13 N6 O14S2Na


Mol.Wt. 185.5 672 821 36.5



2,4-Diaminonitrobenzene is Diazotized & coupled with Resorcinol. Monocoupled mass is coupled with

diazotized OA 5-SA & metalize with Copper Sulphate Then reaction mass is clarify, concentrate on

RO , standardized & spray dried

a. Diazotization of 2,4-DANB

2,4-DANB C6H7N3O2 + 2HCI + 2 NaN

O2

Diazotization 2,4-DANB Diazo C6H5N4CIO2 +NaCI + 2 H2O

Mol.Wt. 153 73 69 200.5 58.5 36


2,4-DANB Diazo+ Resorcinol C6H5N4CIO2 + C6H6O2

Coupling Mono Azo Dye C12H10N4O4+ HCI

Mol.Wt. 200.5 110 274 36.5

c. Diazotization of OA 5-SA

OA 5-SA C7H9NO4S

+

2HCL +NaNO2

Diazotization OA 5-SA Diazo C7H7CIN2O4S +NaCI + 2H2O

Mol.Wt. 203 73 69 250.5 58.5 36


OA 5-SA Diazo C7H7CIN2O4S

+ Monoazo Dye + C12H10N4O4

Coupling Bis Azo Dye C19H16N6O8S

+ HCI

Mol.Wt. 250.5 274 488 36.5

e. Metallization

Bis Azo Dye C19H16N6O8S

+

CuSO4 +

2NaOH

Diazotization PNA Diazo C19H14N6O8S.Cu +Na2SO4 + 2H2O

Mol.Wt. 488 159.6 80 549.6 142 36

EIA REPORT





Anthranillic Acid is condensed with formalin & diazotized & coupled with Resorcinol. Monocoupled

mass is couple with diazotised Aniline DSA & metallized with copper Sulphate. Then reaction mass is

clarified, concentrate on R.O., standardized & spray dried.

a. Condensation of Anthranillic Acid

2 x [C7H7O2N] + CH2O Mol.Wt.274 30

Condensed Product

C15H14N2O4 + H2O

286 18

b. Diazotization of condensed product Condensed Product

C15H14N2O4 + 4HCI +2NaNO2

Diazotization Diazotised condensed product

C15H10N4CI2O4 + 2NaCI + 4 H2O

Mol.Wt. 286146 138 381 177 72

c. Coupling with Resorcinol

Condensed Product Diazo + Resorcinol

C15H10N4CI2O4 + 2[C6H6O]

Coupling Mono Azo Dye

C27H20N4O8 + 2HCI

Mol.Wt. 381 220 528 73

d. Diazotization of Aniline DSA

Aniline DSA

C12H14N2O12S4 + 4HCI +2NaNO2

Mol.Wt. 506 146 138

Diazotization Aniline DSA Diazo

C12H10N4CI.O12 S4 + 2NaCI + 4H2O Mol.Wt.601 117 72

e.Coupling with Monoazo

Aniline DSA Diazo + Monoazo

C12H10N4CI.O12 S4C27H20N4O8

Mol.Wt.601 528

Bis Coupled Product

C39H28N8O20S4 + 2HCI

Mol.Wt.1056 73

d.Metalisation with Monoazodye

Bis-azo dye

C39H28N8O20S4+2CuSO4 + 2NaOH 1059 319 80

Metallization Acid Brown 432

C39H24N8O20S4Cu2 + 2NaHSO4 +2H2O 1179 240 36



H-Acid is Diazotized & coupled with Resorcinol. Monocoupled mass is coupled with diazotized Na Picramate.This bis-coupled mass again coupled with diazotized PNA & metalized with ferric chloride Then reaction mass is clarified & make concentrate on RO ,standardized& spray dried.

EIA REPORT



a. Diazotization of H-Acid

H-Acid C10 H9 NO7 S2 + 2HCI + 2 NaNO2

Diazotization H-Acid Diazo C10 H7 N2CIO7 S2 + NaCI + 2 H2O

Mol.Wt. 319 73 69 366.5 58.5 36


H-Acid Diazo+ Resorcinol C10 H7 N2CIO7 S2+ C6 H6 O2

Coupling Mono Azo Dye C16 H12 N2 O9S2+ HCI

Mol.Wt. 366.5 110 440 36.5

c. Diazotization of Na Picramate

Na Picramate C6 H4 N3 O5Na

+ 2HCL +NaNO2

Diazotization Na Picramate Diazo C6 H2CIN4O5Na + NaCI + 2H2O

Mol.Wt. 221 73 69 268.5 58.5 36


Na Picramate Diazo + Monoazo Dye C6 H2CIN4O5Na + C16 H12N2 O9S2


Mol.Wt. 268.5 440 672 36.5

e. Diazotization of PNA

PNA C6 H6 N2 O2

+

2HCL +NaNO2

Diazotization PNA Diazo C6 H4CIN3O2+ NaCI + 2H2O

Mol.Wt. 138 73 69 185.5 58.5 36

f. Third Coupling with Bis azo Dye & metallization

PNA Diazo + Bis Azo Dye + FeCI3 C6H4CIN3O2+ C22 H13 N6 O14S2Na

Coupling Acid Brown 165 C28 H14 N9 O16S2Na.Fe

+

4HCI

Mol.Wt. 185.5 672 162.5 875 146



6-Nitro couple with Beta Naphthol & metalize with BCS. 4-NAP diazotize & couple with PMP &chelate

with metalized compound,clarified, concentrated on RO , standardized & spray dried.

a.6-Nitro Coupling with Beta Naphthol

6-Nitro + Beta Naphthol C10 H5 N3O6S +C10 H8S


Mol.Wt. 295 144 439

EIA REPORT



b. Metallization

Mono Azo Dye BCS C20 H13 N3 O7S + CrSO4.3H2O +NaOH

Metallization Metalized compound C20 H11CrN3O7 S + NaHSO4+ 4 H2O

Mol.Wt. 439 202 40 489 120 72

c.4-NAP diazo

4-NAP C6H6N2O3 +

2HCI +NaNO2

Diazotization 4-NAP Diazo C6H4CI.N3O3 + NaCI+

2H2O

Mol.Wt. 154 73 69 201.5 58.5 36

d.Coupling with PMP

4-NAPdiazo C6H4CI.N3O3 +

C10H10O2

Coupling Monoazo C16H13N3O5+

HCI

Mol.Wt. 201.5 162 327 36.5

e.Chelating

Metalized compound C20 H11CrN3O7 S +

+ Monoazo C16H13N3O5

Coupling Monoazo C36H22CrN6O11 S+

H2O

Mol.Wt. 489 327 798 18

2.9.14. Acid Brown 355: -


4-NAPSA diazotised & couple with PMP. 6-Nitro compound treated with B-Naphthol & metalize with

BCS & mixed with above Monoazo compound. Mass is clarified, Concentrated on RO, standerdtised

& spray dried.

a.4-NAPSA Diazo

4-NAPSA C6H6 N2O6S +2HCI + 2 NaNO2

Diazotization 4-NAPSA Diazo C6H4 N3CIO6S + NaCI + 2 H2O

Mol.Wt. 234 73 69 281.5 58.5 36

b. Coupling with PMP

4-NAPSA Diazo C6H4N3CIO6S

+ C10H10N2O

Coupling Monoazo I C16H13N5O7S + HCI

Mol.Wt. 281.5 174 420 36.5

c. 6-Nitro Coupling with Beta Naphthol


Coupling Mono Azo II Dye C20 H13 N3 O7S

Mol.Wt. 295 144 439

EIA REPORT



d. Metallization

Mono Azo Dye Chromium Sulphate C20 H13 N3 O7S + CrSO4.3H2O +NaOH

Metallization Metalized Compound C20 H11CrN3O7 S + NaHSO4+ 4 H2O

Mol.Wt. 439 202 40 489 120 72

e. Mixing of Monoazo I with II metalized compound.

Metalized Compound Monoazo I C20H11CrN3O7S + C16H13N5O7S

Metallization Acid Brown 355 C36 H24CrN8O14S2

Mol.Wt. 489 420 Mol.Wt. 909

2.9.15. Acid Brown 365: -


4-CAPSA is Diazotized & coupled with PMP. Monocoupled mass is metallized with Chromium Sulphate. Then reaction mass is isolated, filtered & Wet cake is make in slurry form, standardized & spray dried

a. Diazotization of 4-CAPSA

4-CAPSA C6H6NO4SCI +2HCI + NaNO2

Diazotization 4-CAPSA Diazo C6H4N2CI2O4S + NaCI + 2 H2O

Mol.Wt. 223.5 73 69 271 58.5 36

b. Coupling with PMP

4-CAPSA Diazo C6H4N2CI2O4S +

+ PMP C10H10N2O

Coupling Mono Azo Dye C16H13N4O5SCI+ HCI

Mol.Wt. 281.5 174 408.5 36.5 d.Metalisation with Monoazodye Monoazo dye 2x[C16H13N4O5SCI] 2x408.5

+ CrSO4

148

Metallization Acid Brown 362 C32H24N8O10S2.CrCI2 867

+ H2SO4

142



Anthranillic Acid is Diazotized & coupled with Resorcinol. OT-5SA diazotized & coupled with Monocoupled mass. Then Reaction mass is metallized with chromium Sulphate. Then reaction mass is filtered & Wet cake is make in slurry form, standardized & spray dried

a. Diazotization of Anthranillic acid

1.Anthranillic Acid C7H7NO2S +2HCI + NaNO2

Diazotization Anthranillic Acid Diazo C7H5N2CIO2 + NaCI + 2 H2O

EIA REPORT



Mol.Wt. 137 73 69 185.5 58.5 36

b. Coupling with Resorcinol

2.Anthranillic Acid Diazo + Resorcinol C7H5N2CIO2 + C6H6O

Coupling Mono Azo Dye C13H10N2O4 + HCI

Mol.Wt. 281.5 110 258 36.5 3.OT -5 SA C7H9O3NS + 2HCI + NaNO2

Diazotization OT-5SA Diazo C17H7N2SCI+ HCI

Mo.Wt.187 73 69 234.5 36.5 OT-5SA Diazo Mono Azo Dye C17H7N2SCI+ C13H10N2O4

Coupling Bis- Coupled mass C20H16O7N4S

HCI

234.5 258 456 36.5 d.Metalisation with Bis azodye Bis-azo dye 2x[C20H16O7N4S] 2x456

+ CrSO4

148

Metallization Acid Brown 425 C40H30N8O14S2.Cr 962

+ H2SO4

98



Anthranillic Acid is Diazotized & coupled with Resorcinol. Monocoupled mass is coupled with

diazotised Na-Naphthionate & metallized with chromium Sulphate. Then reaction mass is filtered &

Wet cake is make in slurry form, standardized & spray dried.




Mol.Wt. 137 73 69 185.5 58.5 36


2.Anthranillic Acid Diazo + C7H5N2CIO2 + C6H6

Resorcinol O


Mol.Wt. 281.5 110 258 36.5 a. Diazotization of Na-Naphthionate 3.Na-Naphtionate C10H8NO3S.Na +2HCI + NaNO2 Mol.Wt.245 73 69

Diazotization

Na-Naphthionate Diazo C10H6N2CI.O3S.Na + NaCI + 2 H2O Mol.Wt.292.5 58.5 36

d.Metalisation with Monoazodye Bis-azo dye 2x[C10H6N2O3CIS.Na] + 2x292.5

CrSO4 148

Metallization

Acid Brown 432 C20H14N4O6CI2S2Cr2.Na2 + H2SO4

635 98

EIA REPORT





Anthranillic Acid is Diazotized & coupled with Resorcinol. Monocoupled mass is coupled with

diazotised Laurent acid & metallized with BCS. Then reaction mass is filtered & Wet cake is make in

slurry form, standardized & spray dried.




Mol.Wt. 137 73 69 185.5 58.5 36


2.Anthranillic Acid Diazo + C7H5N2CIO2 + C6H6

Resorcinol O


Mol.Wt. 281.5 110 258 36.5 c. Diazotization of Lauren t Acid 3.Laurent Acid C10H9NO3S +2HCI + NaN Mol.Wt.223 73

O2

69

Diazotization Laurent Acid Diaz C10H7N2CI.O3 S Mol.Wt.270.5

o + NaCI + 2 H2O

58.5 36 d. Coupling with Monoazodye Metallization Laurent Acid Diazo + Monoazo+ BCS Metallization Acid Brown 434

C10H7N2CI.O3S +C13H10N2O4

+ CrSO4 3H2O +NaOH C23H14N4O7S2Cr. + NaHSO4 + 4H2O

Mol.Wt.270.5 + 258 + 202 + 40 542 120 72

2.9.19. Acid Blue 113


Metanillic acid diazotize & couple with alpha naphthylamine then it is diazotize & coupled with phenyl Peri acid, clarify & concentrate on RO, standerdtise & spray dry. a. Metanillic acid Diazo

Metanillic Acid +2HCI + NaNO2 C6H7NO3S

Diazotization Metanillic Acid Diazo C6H5N2O3S.CI + NaCI + 2H2O

Mol.Wt. 173+ 73 +69 220.5 + 58.5 + 36

b. Coupling with alpha naphthylamine

Metanillic Acid Diazo + ANA C6H5N2O3S.CI + C10H9N

Coupling Mono Azo Dye C16H13N3O3S

+

HCI

Mol.Wt. 220.5 143 327 36.5

c. Diazotization of Monoazo

EIA REPORT



Monoazo + C16H13N3O3S +

2HCI + NaNO2 Diazotization Mono Azo Dye Diazo C16H11N4O3S.CI + NaCI

+

2H2O

Mol.Wt. 327 73 69 374.5 58.5 36

d.Coupling with Phenyl Peri Acid

Mono Azo Dye Diazo+ PPA C16H11N4O3S.CI +C16H13NO3S

Coupling Mono Azo Dye C32H23N5O6S2

+

HCI

Mol.Wt. 374.5 299 677 36.5

2.9.20. Acid Blue 158:-


Peri Acid is diazotised& couple with 1,2,4- acid& metalize with BCS.Reaction mass clarify, concentrate on RO, standerdtise & Spray dry.

a. Peri Acid Diazo

Peri Acid C10H9NO3S +

2HCL + NaNO2

Diazotization Diazo C10 H7 N2 O3SCI

Mol.Wt. 22373 69 270.5

b. Peri Acid Coupling with 1,2,4-Acid Diazo +1,2,4-Acid C10 H7 N2 O3SCI + C10 H9O4NS

Coupling Mono Azo Dye+ HCI C20 H15 N3 O7S2

Mol.Wt. 270.5239 473+ 36.5

c. Metallization

Mono Azo Dye Chromium Sulphate C20 H15 N3 O7S2+ CrSO4.3H2O +NaOH

Metallization Acid Blue 158 C20H13CrN3O7S2 + NaHSO4+ 4 H2O

Mol.Wt. 473 202 40 523 120 72

2.9.21. Acid Blue 193: -


1-Diazo,2-Naphthol,4-Sulphonic Acid couple with Beta Naphthol & metalize with BCS.Reaction mass clarify, concentrate on RO, standerdtise & Spray dry.

a. 1-Diazo,2-Naphthol,4-Sulphonic Acid Coupling with Beta Naphthol

1-Diazo + Beta Naphthol C10H8N2O4S +C10 H8O


Mol.Wt. 252 144 396

b. Metallization

Mono Azo Dye Cobalt Sulphate C20 H16 N2 O5S+ CrSO4.3H2O +NaOH

Metallization Acid Blue 193 C20H14CrN2O5S + NaHSO4+ 4 H2O

Mol.Wt. 394 202 40 446 120 72

EIA REPORT



2.9.22. Acid Black 107: -


Na Picramate is diazotize & couple with Beta Naphthol .6-Nitro is coupled with Beta Naphthol & is Metalized with BCS. Then Monoazo chelate with metalized mass & is clarified, concentrate on RO, standardized & spray dried

a. Na-Picramate diazo

Na Picramate C6H5N3O6S +

+2HCI + NaNO2 Diazotization Na-Picramate diazo C6H3N4O6.CI + NaCI + 2H2O

Mol.Wt. 215 +73 + 69 262.5 + 58.5 + 36

b. Coupling with Beta Naphthol

Na Picramate C6H3N4O6.CI

+ Beta Naphthol + C10H8S


Mol.Wt. 262.5 144 370 36.5

c. 6-Nitro Coupling with Beta Naphthol



Mol.Wt. 295 144 439

d. Metallization

Mono Azo Dye Coper Sulphate C20 H13 N3 O7S + CrSO4.3H2O +NaOH

Metallization Metalized compound C20 H11CrN3O7 S + NaHSO4+ 4 H2O

Mol.Wt. 439 202 40 489 120 72

e. Chelating of Monoazo with metalized compound

Mono Azo Dye Metalized compound C16H10N4O7 + C20 H11CrN3O7 S

Chelating Acid Black 107 C36 H21CrN7O14 S

Mol.Wt. 370 489 859

2.9.23. Acid Black 194


6-Nitro is coupled with Beta Naphthol. Monocoupled mass is Metalized with Chromium Sulphate. Then reaction mass is filtered & Wet cake is make in slurry form then metallized with Chromium Sulphate. Then Reaction mass is clarified, concentrate on RO, standardized & spray dried

a. 6-Nitro Coupling with Beta Naphthol



Mol.Wt. 295 144 439

EIA REPORT



b. Metallization

Mono Azo Dye Cobalt Sulphate C20 H13 N3 O7S + CrSO4.3H2O +NaOH

Metallization Acid Black 194 C20 H11CrN3O7 S + NaHSO4+ 4 H2O

Mol.Wt. 439 202 40 489 120 72



PNA is Diazotized & coupled with H Acid. Then DASA is diazotized & coupled with is Monoazo in acidic H 0.5 mole & in alkaline coupling with MPDSA 0.5 mole. Then reaction mass is isolated, filtered & Wet cake is make in slurry form, standardized & spray dried

a. Diazotization of PNA

PNA C6 H6 N2O2 + 2HCI +2 NaNO2

Diazotization PNA Diazo C6 H4 N3CIO2 + NaCI + 2 H2O

Mol.Wt. 138 73 69 185.5 58.5 36

b. Coupling with H-Acid

PNA Diazo H-Acid C6 H4 N3CIO2 + C10 H9 NS2O7

Coupling Mono Azo Dye C16 H12 N4 O9 S2+ HCI

Mol.Wt. 185.5319 468 36.5

c. Diazotization of DASA & Coupling with Monoazo along with MPDSA

DASA Diazotized DASA C12 H13 N3 O2 S + 4HCI + 2 NaNO2C12 H9 N5 O2 SCI2 2NaCI + 4 H2O Mol.Wt 263 146 138 358 117 72 Diazotized DASA Monoazo Dye MPDSA Acid Black 2l0 C12 H9 N5 O2 SCI2 + C16 H12 N4 O9 S2+ C6H8N2O3 S C34 H27 N11 O14 S4+ 2HCI 358468 188 941 73

2.9.25. Acid Green104:- Manufacturing Process:-

Picramic Acid is diazotized & coupled with Dahl’s Acid.& is Metalized with cobalt Sulphate.& is clarified, concentrated on RO, standardized & spray dried

a. Picramic Acid diazo

Picramic Acid C6H5N3O5+2HCI + NaNO2

Diazotization Picramic Acid diazo C6H3N4O5.CI + NaCI + 2H2O

Mol.Wt. 199+73 + 69 246.5 + 58.5 + 36

b. Coupling with Dahl’s Acid Picramic Acid diazo+ Beta Naphthol C6H3N4O5.CI + C10H9NS2O6

Coupling Mono Azo Dye C16H11N5O11S2 + HCI

Mol.Wt. 246.5 303 513 36.5

EIA REPORT



c. Metallization

Mono Azo Dye Cobalt Sulphate C16H11N5O11S2+ CoSO4.+NaOH

Metallization Metalized compound C16 H8CoN5O11 S + NaHSO4+ 4 H2O

Mol.Wt. 513 155 40 570 120 72

2.9.26. Direct Yellow 11 / Direct Yellow 5 RA


Self-Condensation of PNTOSA in alkaline condition. Condensed mass is standerdtise with Auxiliaries & spray dried.

In This Process, there is no any Filtration, decantation, Washing. So There is No Any Effluent

a. Self-Condensation of PNTOSA

PNTOSA C7H7NO5S +

2NaOH

Condensation Direct Yellow 11 [C7H6NO5Na2S]n

+ H2O

Mol.Wt.217 40 [ 447.5 ]n 18

2.9.27. Direct Orange 26


Aniline is diazotized & coupled with J Acid urea . Reaction mass is isolated, filtered, wet cake dried on tray dryer /spray dryerstandardized&Packed.

a. Diazotization of metanillic acid

Aniline C6 H7N + 2HCI + NaN

O2

Diazotization Aniline Diazo C6 H5 N2CI + NaCI + 2 H2O

Mol.Wt. 93 73 69 140.5 58.5 36

b. Coupling with J –Acid Urea

Aniline Diazo C6 H5 N2CI +

J- Acid Urea C10 H9N O4S

Coupling Direct Orange 26 C16 H13 N3O4S + HCI

Mol.Wt. 140.5 239 343 36.5



Sulphanillic Acid is diazotized & coupled with Aniline. Reaction mass is Clarified, concentrate on RO, standardized & Spray Dried.

a. Diazotization of Sulphanillic acid

SulphanillicAcid C6 H7O3NS + 2HCI + NaNO2

Diazotization Sulphanillic Acid Diazo C6 H5 N2CI + NaCI + 2 H2O

Mol.Wt. 173 73 69 220.5 58.5 36

EIA REPORT



b.Coupling with Aniline

Sulphanillic Acid Diazo Aniline C6 H5 N2CI + C6 H7N

Coupling Direct Orange 34 C12 H10 N3O3S + HCI

Mol.Wt. 220.5 93 277 36.5

2.9.29. Direct Red 80 / Direct Red 5BR


PAAB 3,4 DSA is diazotize & coupled with J-Acid, Then mass is clarified, concentrate on RO, standardized with Auxiliaries & spray dried.

a.Diazotization of PABB 3,4 DSA

PAAB 3,4 DSA C12H11N3O6S2 + +

NaNO2 +

2HCI

Diazotization PAAB 3,4 DSA Diaz C12H9N4O6S2 .CI +

o NaCI +

2H2O

Mol.Wt.357 69 73 404.5 58.5 36

b.Coupling with J-Acid

PAAB 3,4 DSA Diazo 2X[C12H9N4O6S2 .CI]

J-Acid + C10H9NO4S

Coupling Direct Red 80 Crude C34H25N9O16S5

2 HCI

Mol.Wt. 2x[404.5] 239 Mol.Wt. 975 73

2.9.30. Direct Red 239 / Direct scarlet 6BS


Bronner’s Acid is diazotized & coupled with J-Acid Urea, isolated & Filtered. Wet cake is make slurry, standardized with diluent & spray dried. Dried for powder product Then Directly Packed in Jumbo bags.

OR it is Liquidified with water & propylene glycol & packed directly in 1100kg IBC

a. Diazotization of Bronner’s Acid

Bronner’s Acid C10H9NO3S + +

NaNO2 +

2HCI

Diazotization Bronner’s Acid Diazo C10H7N2O3S.CI + NaCI +

2H2O

Mol.Wt.223 69 73 270.5 58.5 36

b. Coupling withJ-Acid Urea

Bronner’s Acid Diazo C10H7N2O3S.CI +

J-Acid Urea C21H16N2O9S2

Coupling Direct Red 239 Crude C31H22N4O12S3 +

HCI

Mol.Wt. 270.5 504 Mol.Wt. 738 36.5

EIA REPORT


2.9.33. Direct Blue 290



C Acid is diazotized & coupled with Alpha naphthylamine. Monoazo is diazotized & coupled with J Acid& Mixed Cleaves Acid , Concentrated on RO, Standardtised with auxiliaries & Spray dried

2.9.31 Direct Blue 71

Manufacturing Process

a.Diazotization of C Acid

C Acid C10H9NO6S2 + +

NaNO2 +

2HCI

Diazotization C Acid Diazo C10H7N2O6S2.CI +NaCI +

2H2O

Mol.Wt.303 69 73 350.5 58.5 36

b.Coupling withAlpha Naphthylamine

C Acid Diazo C10H7N2O6S2.CI +

AlphaNaphthylamine C10H9N

Coupling Monoazo Dye C20H15N3O6S2

+

HCI

Mol.Wt. 270.5 143 Mol.Wt. 457 36.5

b. Diazotization of Monoazo

Monoazo Dye C20H15N3O6S2 + +

NaNO2 +

2HCI

Diazotization Monoazo Diazo C20H13N4O6S2.CI +

NaCI +

2H2O

Mol.Wt.457 69 73 504.5 58.5 36

c. Coupling withJ-Acid & Mix Cleaves Acid

Monoazo Diazo J-Acid + Mix Cleaves acid C20H13N4O6S2.CI +C10H9NO3S + C10H7NO4S

Coupling Direct Blue 71 C40H27N7O13S4 + HCI

Mol.Wt. 541 223 239 Mol.Wt. 941 71



DASDA is diazotized & coupled with H Acid. Monoazo is Clarified, Concentrated on RO, Standardtise with auxiliaries & Spray dried


DASDA C14H14N2O6S2 + +

NaNO2 +

2HCI

Diazotization DASDA Diazo C14H12N3O6S2.CI

+

NaCI

+ 2H2O

Mol.Wt.370 69 73 417.5 58.5 36

b.Coupling withH Acid

DASDA Diazo C14H12N3O6S2.CI

+

H-Acid C10H8NO7S2


+

HCI

Mol.Wt. 417.5 319 Mol.Wt. 700 36.5

EIA REPORT




Fast Red B Base is diazotized & coupled with Violet Acid. Monoazo is Metallize with Copper Sulphate Clarified, Concentrate on RO, Standardtise with auxiliaries & Spray dried.


Fast Red B Base C7H8N2O3 + + NaNO2 +

2HCI

Diazotization Fast Red B Base Diazo C7H6N3O3.CI + NaCI

+ 2H2O

Mol.Wt.168 69 73 215.5 58.5 36

b.Coupling withViolet Acid


Violet Acid C10H8O7S2


+

HCI

Mol.Wt. 270.5 304 Mol.Wt. 483 36.5

c. Metallization of Monoazo

Monoazo Dye 2[C17H13N3O10S2]+ 2[CuSO4]+ 2[NaOH]

Metallization Direct Blue 290 C34H22N6O20S4.Cu2+2[NaHSO4]+2H2O

Mol.Wt.96631880 108824036

2.9.34. Direct Black 19


PNA is diazotized & coupled with H Acid. Monoazo is diazotize & coupled with MPD. Reaction mass is Clarified , Concentrated on RO, Standardtise with auxiliaries & Spray dried

a.Diazotization of PNA

PNA C6H6N2O2 + +

NaNO2 +

2HCI


+

2H2O

Mol.Wt.138 69 73 185.5 58.5 36


C Acid Diazo C6H4N3O2.CI

+

H-Acid C10H9NS2O7


+

HCI

Mol.Wt. 185.5 319 Mol.Wt. 468 36.5



NaNO2 +

2HCI


NaCI +

2H2O

Mol.Wt.468 69 73 515.5 58.5 36


Monoazo Diazo MPD C16H10N5O9S2.CI + C6H8N2

Coupling Direct Black 19 C22H17N7O9S2

+

HCI

Mol.Wt. 515.5108 Mol.Wt. 587 71

EIA REPORT






F.C. Acid tetratozotize & coupled with H- Acid & MAP simultaneously. Then Mono coupled mass is diazotized & coupled with Aniline. Then mass is clarified, concentrate on RO,standardtise with diluent & spray dried

a.Diazotization of F.C.Acid

F.C.Acid C12H13N3O3S+

2NaNO2 +

4HCI

Diazotization F.C.Acid Diazo C12H9N5O3CI2S +

2NaCI +

4H2O

Mol.Wt.279 138 146 374 117 72

b. Coupling withH- Acid & MAP

F.C. Acid Diazo C12H9N5O3CI2S

+ +

H- Acid & MAP C10H9NO7S2+ C6H7NO

Coupling Bis-azo Dye C28H23N7O11S

+

2 HCI

Mol.Wt. 374 319 109 Mol.Wt. 729 73

c. Diazotization of Bis-azo Dye

Bis-azo Dye C28H23N7O11S +

NaNO2

+

2 HCI

Diazotization Bis-Azo Dye Diazo C28H21N8O12S.CI

+ NaCI

+ H2O

Mol.Wt. 729 69 73 Mol.Wt. 776 58.5 36.5

d. Coupling with Aniline

Bis-Azo Dye Diazo C28H21N8O12S.CI

Aniline + C6H7N

Coupling Direct Black 168 C34H27N9O12S.

+

HCI

Mol.Wt. 776 93 Mol.Wt. 832.5 36.5



4-Amino Acetanilide is diazotize & coupled with Mix Cleaves Acid & Gamma acid simultaneously. Then Mono coupled mass is diazotized & coupled with MPDSA. Then mass is clarified, concentrate on RO, standardtise with diluent & spray dried a.Diazotization of 4-Amino Acetanilide

4-Amino Acetanilide C8H10N2O+ 2NaNO2 +

4HCI

Diazotization 4-AminoAcetanilide Diazo C8H6N4O.CI2 + 2NaCI +

4H2O

Mol.Wt.150 138 146 245 117 72

b.Coupling withCleve’s Acid & Gamma Acid

4-A.Acetanilide Diazo+Cleve’s Acid+Gamma acid C8H6N4O.CI2 + C10H9NO3S + C10H9NO4S

Coupling Bis-azo Dye C28H22N6O8S2

+

2 HCI

Mol.Wt. 324.5 223 239 Mol.Wt. 634 73


Bis-azo Dye C28H22N6O8S2 +

NaNO2

+

2 HCI

Diazotization Bis-Azo Dye Diazo C28H20N7O8S2.CI

+ NaCI

+ H2O

Mol.Wt. 634 69 73 Mol.Wt. 681.5 69 36.5

EIA REPORT




d. Coupling with MPDSA

Bis-Azo Dye Diazo C28H20N7O8S2.CI

MPDSA + C6H8N2O3S

Coupling Direct Black 179 C34H27N9O11S3.

+

HCI

Mol.Wt. 681.5 188 Mol.Wt. 833 36.5

2.9.37. Direct Violet 9


Sulphanillic Acid is diazotize & coupled with P-Anisidine. Monocouple mass is diazotize & n-phenyl J- Acid. Reaction mass is clarified, concentrate on RO, standardtise & spray dried a.

Diazotization of Sulphanillic Acid

Sulphanillic Acid C6H7NO3S+ NaNO2 +2HCI

Diazotization Sulphanillic Acid Diazo C6H5N2O3S.CI + NaCI + 2H2O

Mol.Wt.17358.573 220.558.536

b.Coupling withp-Anisidine

Sulphanillic Acid Diazo + P-Anisidine C6H5N2O3S.CI + C7H9NO

Coupling Mono-azo Dye C13H13N3O4S + HCI

Mol.Wt. 220.5 123 Mol.Wt. 30736.5


Mono-azo Dye C13H13N3O4S +

NaNO2

+

2 HCI

Diazotization Bis-Azo Dye Diazo C13H11N4O4S.CI + NaCI

+ H2O

Mol.Wt. 307 69 73 Mol.Wt. 354.5 69 36.5

d. Coupling with n-Phenyl J-Acid

Bis-Azo Dye Diazo n-Phenyl J-Acid C13H11N4O4S.CI + C16H13NO4S

Coupling Direct Violet 9 C29H23N5O8S2.

+

HCI

Mol.Wt. 354.5 315 Mol.Wt. 633 36.5



C Acid is diazotize & coupled with P-Anisidine. Monocouple mass is diazotize & n-phenyl J-Acid. Reaction mass is clarified, concentrate on RO, standardtise & spray dried a.

Diazotization of C Acid

C Acid C10H9NO6S 2

+

NaNO2 +

2HCI

Diazotization C Acid Diazo C10H7N2O6S2.CI +

NaCI +

2H2O

Mol.Wt.303 58.5 73 350.5 58.5 36


C Acid Diazo C10H7N2O6S2.CI

+ P-Anisidine + C7H9NO

Coupling Mono-azo Dye C18H17N3O7S2

+

HCI

Mol.Wt. 350.5 123 Mol.Wt. 451 36.5

EIA REPORT





Mono-azo Dye C18H17N3O7S2 +

NaNO2

+

2 HCI


+ NaCI

+

H2O

Mol.Wt. 451 69 73 Mol.Wt. 498.5 69 36.5


Bis-Azo Dye Diazo n-Phenyl J-Acid C18H15N4O7S2.CI + C16H13NO4S


+

HCI

Mol.Wt. 498.5 315 Mol.Wt. 777 36.5



Meta Xylidin is diazotize & coupled with P-Anisidine. Monocouple mass is diazotize & n-phenyl J-Acid. Reaction mass is clarified, concentrate on RO, standardtise & spray dried a.

Diazotization of Meta xylidin

Meta xylidin C8H11NO3S

+

NaNO2 +

2HCI

Diazotization Meta xylidin Diazo C8H9N2O3S.CI + NaCI +

2H2O

Mol.Wt.201 58.5 73 248.5 58.5 36


Meta XylidinDiazo C8H9N2O3S.CI +

+ C7H9

P-Anisidine NO

Coupling Mono-azo Dye C16H19N3O4S

+

HCI

Mol.Wt. 350.5 123 Mol.Wt. 349 36.5



NaNO2

+

2 HCI


+

H2O

Mol.Wt. 349 69 73 Mol.Wt. 396.5 69 36.5


Bis-Azo Dye Diazo n-Phenyl J-Acid C16H17N4O4S.CI + C16H13NO4S


+

HCI

Mol.Wt. 396.5 315 Mol.Wt. 675 36.5

SECTION:-B] Average Production of Following & Similar Type Other dyes Products = 90 Ton Liquid per month: - LIQUID DYES : -

EIA REPORT




2.9.40. Acid Yellow R Liquid [ Acid Yellow 36 ]


Metanillic acid is diazotized & coupled with diphenylamine. Reaction mass is Clarified, concentrate on RO to make salt free, Liquidified& standardized.

a.Diazotization of metanillic acid

Metanillic Acid C6 H7 NO3S + 2HCI + NaNO2

Diazotization Metanillic Acid Diazo C6 H5 N2CIO3 S + NaCI + 2 H2O

Mol.Wt. 173 73 69 220.5 58.5 36

b.Coupling with Diphenyl Amine

Metanillic Acid Diazo Diphenyl Amine C6 H5 N2CIO3S + C12 H11 N

Coupling Acid Yellow R Free Acid C18 H15 N3O3S + HCI

Mol.Wt. 220.5 169 353 36.5

c.Acid Yellow R Sodium Salt Preparation

Acid Yellow R Free Acid C18 H15 N3O3S +NaOH

Liquidation Acid Yellow R Sodium Salt C18 H14N3O3S.Na + H2O

Mol.Wt. 353 40 375 18

2.9.41. Acid Yellow 79 Liquid


Bi-Phenol Ester is diazotized & coupled with 5-Amino-3-methyl-1-[m-Sulpho] phenyl Pyrazole. Clarify, concentrate on RO to make salt free, Liquidified & standardized.

a.Diazotization of Bi-Phenol Ester

Bi-Phenol Ester C27H26N2O6S2 + 2HCI + NaNO2

Diazotization Bi-Phenol Ester Diazo C27H24N3CIO6S2 + NaCI + 2 H2O

Mol Wt.538 73 69 585.5 58.5 36

b. Coupling with 3[PMP]

Bi-Phenol Ester Diazo3[PMP] C27H24N3CIO6S2+ C10H11N3O3S

Coupling Acid Yellow 79 Free Acid C37H34N6O9S3 + HCI

Mol.Wt. 585.5 253 802 36.5

c. Acid Yellow 79 Sodium Salt Preparation

Acid Yellow 79 Free Acid C37H34N6O9S3 +NaOH

Liquidation Acid Yellow R Sodium Salt C37H34N6O9S3.Na +H2O

Mol.Wt. 802 40 824 18

EIA REPORT




2.9.42. Acid Orange 7Liquid


Sulphanillic acid is diazotized & coupled with Beta Naphthol. Reaction mass is Clarified, Concentrate on RO to make salt free, Liquidified & standardized.


SulphanillicAcid C6 H7 NO3S + 2HCI + NaNO2

Diazotization Sulphanillic Acid Diazo C6 H5 N2CIO3 S + NaCI + 2 H2O

Mol.Wt. 173 73 69 220.5 58.5 36


Sulphanillic Acid Diazo C6 H5 N2CIO3S +

Beta Naphthol C10 H8O

Coupling Acid Orange 7 Free Acid C16H12N2O4S + HCI

Mol.Wt. 220.5 144 328 36.5

c. Acid Yellow R Sodium Salt Preparation

Acid Orange 7 Free Acid C16H12N2O4S + NaOH

Liquidation Acid Orange 7 Sodium Salt C18 H14N3O3S.Na + H2O

Mol.Wt. 328 40 350 18

2.9.43. Acid Orange 34 Liquid


S-Base is Diazotized & coupled with G Acid & Phenol Respectively. Coupled mass is make salt free by R.O., Liquidified & standardized.

a. Diazotization of S-Base

S-Base C18 H22 N2 +

4HCI + 2 NaNO2

Diazotization S-Base Diazo C18 H18 N4CI2 + 2NaCI + 4 H2O

Mol.Wt. 234 146138 361 11772

b. Coupling with G-Acid & Phenol

S-Base Diazo G-Acid Phenol C18 H18 N4CI2 +C10H8O7S2+ C6H5OH

Coupling Mono Azo Dye C34 H30 N4 O8S2 + 2HCI

Mol.Wt. 36130494 686 73

EIA REPORT




2.9.44. Acid Red 249 Liquid

Manufacturing Process;-

2-amino,4-Chloro, diphenyl ether is diazotize & Couple with Tosyl H Acid. Mass is Clarify, concentrate on RO to make Salt Free, Liquidified & standerdtise.

a. Diazotization of 2-amino,4-Chloro, diphenyl ether

2-A,4-CDP Ether C12H10NO.CI + 2HCI + NaNO2

Diazotization 2-A,4-CDP Ether Diazo C12H8N2CI2O + NaCI + 2 H2O

Mol.Wt. 219.5 73 69 267 58.5 36


2-A,4-CDP Ether Diazo Tosyl H Acid C12H8N2CI2O + C17H15NO9S3

Coupling Acid Red 249 Free Acid C29H22N3O10S3.CI + HCI

Mol.Wt. 267473 703.5 36.5

c. Acid Yellow R Sodium Salt Preparation

Acid Red 249 Free Acid C29H22N3O10S3.CI+ NaOH

Liquidation Acid Orange 7 Sodium Salt C29H21N3O10S3.CI.Na +H2O

Mol.Wt. 703.540 725.5 18



6-Nitro is coupled with Beta Naphthol. Monocoupled mass is Metalized with Chromium Sulphate. Then reaction mass is metallized with Chromium Sulphate. Then clarified, concentrate on RO, Liquidified, standardized

a. 6-Nitro Coupling with Beta Naphthol



Mol.Wt. 295 144 439

c. Metallization

Mono Azo Dye Cobalt Sulphate C20 H13 N3 O7S + CrSO4.3H2O +NaOH

Metallization Acid Black 194 C20 H11CrN3O7 S + NaHSO4+ 4 H2O

Mol.Wt. 439 202 40 489 120 72

EIA REPORT




2.9.46. Direct Yellow 11


Self-Condensation of PNTOSA in alkaline condition. Condensed mass is Clarified &diluted with Triethanol amine &water, Then it is standerdtised with STD & Directly Packed in 1100 IBC

In This Process, there is no any Filtration, decantation, Washing.So There is No Any Effluent

a. Self-Condensation of PNTOSA

PNTOSA C7H7NO5S +

2NaOH

Condensation Direct Yellow 11 [C7H6NO5Na2S]n

+ H2O

Mol.Wt.217 40 [ 447.5]n 18

2.9.47. Direct Yellow27


DTPTDiSA is diazotized & coupled with Acetoactaniside. Coupled mass is Concentrated on RO & Liquidified with Triethanol amine. Then standardized with water & Directly Packed in 1100 IBC

a.Diazotization of DTPTDiSA

DTPTDiSA C14H12N2O6S3 +

2HCI +

NaNO2

Diazotization Diazotized DTPTS C14H10N3CIO6S2

A + NaCI +

2 H2O

Mol.Wt.400 73 69 447.5 58.5 36

b.Coupling with Barbituric Acid

DTPTDiSA Diazo C14H10N3CIO6S3

+

Acetoactaniside C11 H13 NO3

Coupling Direct Yellow 27 crude C25 H24 N4O9S3.CI

Mol.Wt. 447.5 207 654.5

c. Liquidification Triethanol amine with water & standardization

Direct Yellow 27 crude C25 H24 N4O9S3 .CI +

TEA C6H15NO3

Liquidification Direct Yellow 27 Liquid C31H37N5O12S3. +

HCI

Mol.Wt.654.5 149 767 36.5

2.9.48. Direct Yellow 137


DTPTSA is diazotized & coupled with 5-Methyl Pyrazole. Coupled mass is Concentrated on RO & Liquidified with Triethanol amine. Then standardized with water & Directly Packed in 1100 IBC

a.Diazotization of DTPTSA

DTPTSA Diazotization Diazotized DTPTSA

C14H12N2O3S2 + 2HCI + NaNO2 C14H10N3CIO3S2 + NaCI + 2 H2O Mol.Wt.320 73 69 367.5 58.5 36

b.Coupling with5-Methyl Pyrazole

EIA REPORT




DTPTSA Diazo C14H10N3CIO3S2

+

5-Methyl Pyrazole C4 H4 N2O

Coupling Direct Yellow 137 crude C18 H13 N5O4S2 + HCI

Mol.Wt. 367.5 96 427 36.5

c. Liquidification withTriethanol amine & standardization with water

Direct Yellow 137 crude TEA C18 H13 N5O4S2 + C6H15NO3

Liquidification Direct Yellow 147 Liquid C24H28N6O7S2

Mol.Wt.427 149 576

2.9.49. Direct Yellow / Direct Yellow 4GL Liquid [147 ]


DTPTSA is diazotized & coupled with Barbituric Acid. Coupled mass is Concentrated on RO & Liquidified with Triethanol amine. Then standardized with water & Directly Packed in 1100 IBC

a.Diazotization of DTPTSA

DTPTSA C14H12N2O3S2 +

2HCI +

NaNO2


A + NaCI +

2 H2O

Mol.Wt.320 73 69 367.5 58.5 36

b.Coupling withBarbituric Acid


+

Barbituric Acid C4 H4 N2O3

Coupling Direct Yellow 147 crude C18 H13 N5O6S2 +

HCI

Mol.Wt. 367.5 128 459 36.5


Direct Yellow 147 crude C18 H13 N5O6S2 +

TEA C6H15NO3

Liquidification Direct Yellow 147 Liquid C24H28N6O9 S2

Mol.Wt.459 149 608

2.9.50. Direct Yellow 157/ Direct Yellow 5GL Liquid


DTPTSA is diazotized & coupled with Acetoaceta-4-cresidine Sulphonic acid. Coupled mass is Concentrated on RO & Liquidified with Triethanol amine. Then standardized with water & Directly Packed in 1100 IBC a.Diazotization of DTPTSA

DTPTSA C14H12N2O3S2 +

2HCI +

NaNO2


A + NaCI +

2 H2O

Mol.Wt.320 73 69 367.5 58.5 36

b.Coupling withAAPC-Acid


+

AAPC-Acid C12 H15 NO6S

Coupling Direct Yellow 157 crude C26 H24 N4O9S3 +

HCI

Mol.Wt. 367.5 301 632 36.5

EIA REPORT





Direct Yellow 157 crude C26 H24 N4O9S3 +

TEA C6H15NO3

Liquidification Direct Yellow 157 Liquid C32H39N5O12 S3

Mol.Wt.632 149 781

2.9.12.Direct Orange 15


Self Condensation of PNTOSA in alkaline condition. Condensed mass is diluted with Triethanol amine &water ,Then it is standerdtised with STD & Directly Packed in 1100 IBC

In This Process, there is no any Filtration, decantation, Washing. So There is No Any Effluent

a. Self Condensation of PNTOSA

PNTOSA C7H7NO5S +

2NaOH

Condensation Direct Orange 15 [C7H6NO5Na2S]n

+ H2O

Mol.Wt.217 40 [ 447.5 ]n 18



Sulphanillic Acid is diazotized & coupled with Aniline. Reaction mass is Clarified, concentrate on RO, Liquidified & standardized.


SulphanillicAcid C6 H7O3N S + 2HCI + NaNO2

Diazotization Sulphanillic Acid Diazo C6 H5 N2CI + NaCI + 2 H2O

Mol.Wt. 173 73 69 220.5 58.5 36

b.Coupling with Aniline

Sulphanillic Acid Diazo Aniline C6 H5 N2CI + C6 H7N

Coupling Direct Orange 34 C12 H10 N3O3 S + HCI

Mol.Wt. 220.5 93 277 36.5

2.9.52. Direct Orange 102 Liquid


Aniline Oil & Para Amino Azo Benzene is diazotized in single stage & coupled with J-Acid Urea. Coupled mass is Clarified, concentrate on RO ,Liquidified with Triethanol amine & standardized with water Then Directly Packed in 1100 IBC

a.Diazotization of Aniline Oil & PAAB

Aniline Oil PAAB C6H7N +C7H7NO2 +

2NaNO2 +4HCI

Diazotization Aniline & PAAB Diazo C6H5N2CI& C7H5N2CIO2 + 2NaCI +

4H2O

Mol.Wt.93 137 138 146 140.5 & 184.5 117 72

EIA REPORT




b.Coupling with J-Acid Urea

Aniline & PAAB Diazo J-Acid Urea C6H5N2CI & C7H5N2CIO2 + [C21H16N2O9S2]

Coupling Direct Orange 102 crude C6H5N2.[C21H14N2O9S2].C7H5N2O2+ +2HCI

Mol.Wt. 140.5 & 184.5 504 Mol.Wt.756 73 c. Liquidification withTriethanol amine & standardization with water

Direct Yellow 102 crude C34H26N6O11S2 +

TEA C6H15NO3

Liquidification Direct Yellow 102Liquid C40H41N7O14S2

Mol.Wt.756 149 905

2.9.53. Direct Red 80/Direct Red 5BR


PAAB 3,4 DSA is diazotize& coupled with J-Acid,Coupled mass is Clarified, concentrate on RO , Liquidified with Triethanol amine & standardized with water Then Directly Packed in 1100 IBC a.

Diazotization of PABB 3,4 DSA

PAAB 3,4 DSA C12H11N3O6S2 + +

NaNO2 + 2HCI

Diazotization PAAB 3,4 DSA Diaz C12H9N4O6S2.CI +

o NaCI + 2H2O

Mol.Wt.35769 73 404.5 58.5 36

b. Coupling with J-Acid

PAAB 3,4 DSA Diazo J-Acid 2X[C12H9N4O6S2 .CI] + C10H9NO4S

Coupling Direct Red 80 Crude C34H25N9O16S5 2 HCI

Mol.Wt. 2x[404.5]239 Mol.Wt. 97573

2.9.54. Direct Red 81 / Direct Red 5BL


PAABSA is diazotize & coupled with Benzamido J-Acid, Coupled mass is Clarified, concentrate on RO , Liquidified with Triethanol amine & standardized with water Then Directly Packed in 1100 IBC

a.Diazotization of PAABSA

PAABSA C12H11N3O3S + +

NaNO2 +

2HCI

Diazotization PAABSA Diazo C12H9N4O3S.CI +

NaCI +

2H2O

Mol.Wt.277 69 73 324.5 58.5 36

b.Coupling withBenzamidoJ-Acid

PAABSA Diazo Benzamido J-Acid C12H9N4O3S.CI+ C17H13NO5S

Coupling Direct Red 81 Crude C29H21N5O8S2 + HCI

Mol.Wt. 324.5 343 Mol.Wt. 63136.5

EIA REPORT




2.9.55. Direct Red 239 / Direct scarlet 6BS


Bronner’s Acid is diazotize & coupled with J-Acid Urea,Coupled mass is Clarified, concentrate on RO , Liquidified with Triethanol amine & standardized with water Then Directly Packed in 1100 IBC a.

Diazotization of Bronner’s Acid

Bronner’s Acid C10H9NO3S + +

NaNO2 +

2HCI

Diazotization Bronner’s Acid Diazo C10H7N2O3S.CI + NaCI +

2H2O

Mol.Wt.223 69 73 270.5 58.5 36

b. Coupling withJ-Acid Urea

Bronner’s Acid Diazo J-Acid Urea C10H7N2O3S.CI + C21H16N2O9S2


HCI

Mol.Wt. 270.5 504 Mol.Wt. 738 36.5

2.9.56. Direct Red 253 / Direct Red L3B


PAABSA is diazotize & coupled with J-Acid. Then Reaction mass is condensed with Cyanuric Chloride &MEA. Then Reaction mass is clarified, concentrate on RO, Liquidified, Standardtise& packed directly in 1100kg IBC



NaNO2 +

2HCI


NaCI +

2H2O

Mol.Wt.277 69 73 324.5 58.5 36

b.Coupling withJ-Acid Urea

PAABSA DiazoJ-Acid C12H9N4O3S.CI +

C10H9NO4S


HCI

Mol.Wt. 324.5 239 Mol.Wt. 527 36.5

c. Condensation with Cyanuric Chloride & MEA

Direct Red 253 Crd C22H17N5O7S2 +

Cyanuric Chlo. MEA C3CI3N3 + C2H7NO

Condn Direct Red 253

C29H26N10O9S2 + 2HCI Mol.Wt. 527 184.5 61 Mol.Wt. 699.5 73

EIA REPORT




2.9.57. Direct Red 254 / Direct Pink 3B


PAABSA is diazotize & coupled with Benzamido J-Acid.Then Reaction mass is clarified, concentrate on RO, Liquidified, Standardtise & packed directly in 1100kg IBC



NaNO2 +

2HCI


NaCI +

2H2O

Mol.Wt.277 69 73 324.5 58.5 36

b.Coupling with Benzamido J-Acid

PAABSA Diazo C12H9N4O3S.CI

Benzamido J-Acid + C17H13NO5S


HCI

Mol.Wt. 324.5 343 Mol.Wt. 631 36.5



C Acid is diazotize & coupled with Alpha naphthylamine. Monoazo is diazotize & couple with J Acid & Mixed Cleaves Acid , Concentrate on RO, Liquidified , Standardtise with auxiliaries & Packed in 1100 kg IBC


C Acid C10H9NO6S2 + +

NaNO2 +

2HCI


NaCI

+

2H2O

Mol.Wt.303 69 73 350.5 58.5 36

b.Coupling withAlpha Naphthylamine


AlphaNaphthylamine C10H9N


+

HCI

Mol.Wt. 270.5 143 Mol.Wt. 457 36.5



NaNO2 +

2HCI


NaCI +

2H2O

Mol.Wt.457 69 73 504.5 58.5 36


Monoazo Diazo J-Acid + Mix Cleaves acid C20H13N4O6S2.CI +C10H9NO3S + C10H7NO4S

Coupling Direct Blue 71 C40H27N7O13S4

+

HCI

Mol.Wt. 541 223 239 Mol.Wt. 941 71

EIA REPORT




2.9.59. Direct Blue 199 / Turq. Blue FB L


Copper Phthalocyanine Blue is sulphonated & Drowned in ICE +Water, Filtered, washed with water . Then wet cake is condensed with Liquid Ammonia. Then it is Liquidified with water & MEG & standerdtised with water. Then &directly Packed in 1100 kg IBC.

a. Chlorosulphonation of Copper Phthalocyanine Blue

CPC Blue

[C32H16N8Cu] +

Chloro S. Acid CI.SO3H

Chlorosulphonation Chlorosulphonated CPC [C32H16N8Cu].SO2CI

Water H2O

Mol.Wt.576 116.5 674.5 18 Chlorosulphonated CPC [C32H16N8Cu].SO2CI

NH3 Condensation Direct Blue 199 C32H18N9O2.Cu.S

HCI

Mi.Wt.674.5 + 17 655 36.5



DASDA is diazotize & coupled with H Acid. Monoazo is Clarified, Concentrate on RO, Liquidified , Standardtise with auxiliaries & Packed in 1100 kg IB

a. Diazotization of C Acid

DASDA C14H14N2O6S2 + +

NaNO2 +

2HCI

Diazotization DASDA Diazo C14H12N3O6S2.CI

+

NaCI

+

2H2O

Mol.Wt.370 69 73 417.5 58.5 36

b. Coupling withH Acid

DASDA Diazo C14H12N3O6S2.CI

+

H-Acid C10H8NO7S2


+

HCI

Mol.Wt. 417.5 319 Mol.Wt. 700 36.5



Fast Red B Base is diazotize & coupled with Violet Acid. Monoazo is Metallize with Copper Sulphate Clarified , Concentrate on RO, Liquidified ,Standardtise with auxiliaries & Packed in 1100kgs IBC

a. Diazotization of Fast Red B Base

Fast Red B Base Diazotization Fast Red B Base Diazo

C7H8N2O3 + + NaNO2 + 2HCI C7H6N3O3.CI + NaCI + 2H2O Mol.Wt.168 69 73 215.5 58.5 36

b.Coupling withViolet Acid


Violet Acid C10H8O7S2


+

HCI

Mol.Wt. 270.5 304 Mol.Wt. 483 36.5

EIA REPORT




c. Metallization of Monoazo

Monoazo Dye 2[C17H13N3O10S2]+ 2[CuSO4]+ 2[NaOH]

Metallization Direct Blue 290 C34H22N6O20S4.Cu2+2[NaHSO4]+

2H2O

Mol.Wt.966 318 80 1088 240 36



PNA is diazotize & coupled with H Acid. Monoazo is diazotize & coupled with MPD. Reaction mass is Clarified , Concentrate on RO, Liquidified ,Standardtise with auxiliaries & Packed in 1100kg IBC

a.Diazotization of PNA

PNA C6H6N2O2 + +

NaNO2 +

2HCI


+

2H2O

Mol.Wt.138 69 73 185.5 58.5 36


C Acid Diazo C6H4N3O2.CI

+

H-Acid C10H9NS2O7


+

HCI

Mol.Wt. 185.5 319 Mol.Wt. 468 36.5

c. Diazotization of Monoazo


NaNO2 +

2HCI


NaCI +

2H2O

Mol.Wt.468 69 73 515.5 58.5 36

d. Coupling withMPD

Monoazo Diazo C16H10N5O9S2.CI

MPD + C6H8N2

Coupling Direct Black 19 C22H17N7O9S2

+

HCI

Mol.Wt. 515.5 108 Mol.Wt. 587 71



F.C. Acid tetratozotize & coupled with H- Acid & MAP simultaneously. Then Mono coupled mass is diazotized & coupled with Aniline. Then mass is clarified, concentrate on RO, Liquidfied ,standardtise with diluent & Packed in1100 kgs IBC

a.Diazotization of F.C.Acid

F.C.Acid C12H13N3O3S+

2NaNO2 +

4HCI

Diazotization F.C.Acid Diazo C12H9N5O3CI2S +

2NaCI +

4H2O

Mol.Wt.279 138 146 374 117 72

b. Coupling withH- Acid & MAP

F.C. Acid Diazo C12H9N5O3CI2S

+ +

H- Acid & MAP C10H9NO7S2+ C6H7NO

Coupling Bis-azo Dye C28H23N7O11S

+

2 HCI

Mol.Wt. 374 319 109 Mol.Wt. 729 73


EIA REPORT




Bis-azo Dye C28H23N7O11S +

NaNO2

+

2 HCI

Diazotization Bis-Azo Dye Diazo C28H21N8O12S.CI

+ NaCI

+ H2O

Mol.Wt. 729 69 73 Mol.Wt. 776 58.5 36.5

d. Coupling with Aniline


Aniline + C6H7N

Coupling Direct Black 168 C34H27N9O12S.

+

HCI

Mol.Wt. 776 93 Mol.Wt. 832.5 36.5



4-Amino Acetanilide is diazotize & coupled with Mix Cleaves Acid & Gamma acid simultaneously. Then Mono coupled mass is diazotized & coupled with MPDSA. Then mass is clarified, concentrate on RO, ,Liquidified , standardtise with diluent & Packed in 1100kgs IBC

a.Diazotization of 4-Amino Acetanilide

4-Amino Acetanilide C8H10N2O+ 2NaNO2 +

4HCI

Diazotization 4-AminoAcetanilide Diazo C8H6N4O.CI2 + 2NaCI +

4H2O

Mol.Wt.150 138 146 245 117 72

b.Coupling withCleve’s Acid & Gamma Acid

4-A.Acetanilide Diazo+Cleve’s Acid+Gamma acid C8H6N4O.CI2 + C10H9NO3S + C10H9NO4S

Coupling Bis-azo Dye C28H22N6O8S2

+

2 HCI

Mol.Wt. 324.5 223 239 Mol.Wt. 634 73

c.Diazotization of Bis-azo Dye

Bis-azo Dye C28H22N6O8S2 +

NaNO2

+

2 HCI


+ NaCI

+ H2O

Mol.Wt. 634 69 73 Mol.Wt. 681.5 69 36.5

d.Coupling with MPDSA


MPDSA + C6H8N2O3S

Coupling Direct Black 179 C34H27N9O11S3.

+

HCI

Mol.Wt. 681.5 188 Mol.Wt. 833 36.5

EIA REPORT






Sulphanillic Acid is diazotize & coupled with P-Anisidine. Monocouple mass is diazotize & n-phenyl J- Acid. Reaction mass is clarified, concentrate on RO, Liquidified , standardtise & Packed in 1100 kgs IBC

a.Diazotization of Sulphanillic Acid

Sulphanillic Acid C6H7NO3S+ NaNO2 + 2HCI

Diazotization Sulphanillic Acid Diazo C6H5N2O3S.CI + NaCI +

2H2O

Mol.Wt.173 58.5 73 220.5 58.5 36


Sulphanillic Acid Diazo C6H5N2O3S.CI

+ +

P-Anisidine C7H9NO


+

HCI

Mol.Wt. 220.5 123 Mol.Wt. 307 36.5



NaNO2

+

2 HCI


+

H2O

Mol.Wt. 307 69 73 Mol.Wt. 354.5 69 36.5



n-Phenyl J-Acid + C16H13NO4S


+

HCI

Mol.Wt. 354.5 315 Mol.Wt. 633 36.5


Manufacturing Process: - C Acid is diazotize & coupled with P-Anisidine. Monocouple mass is diazotize & n-phenyl J-Acid. Reaction mass is clarified, concentrate on RO, Liquidified , standardtise & Packed in 1100 kgs IBC


C Acid C10H9NO6S 2

+

NaNO2 +

2HCI


NaCI +

2H2O

Mol.Wt.303 58.5 73 350.5 58.5 36


C Acid Diazo C10H7N2O6S2.CI

+ P-Anisidine + C7H9NO

Coupling Mono-azo Dye C18H17N3O7S2

+

HCI

Mol.Wt. 350.5 123 Mol.Wt. 451 36.5


Mono-azo Dye C18H17N3O7S2 +

NaNO2

+

2 HCI


+ NaCI

+

H2O

Mol.Wt. 451 69 73 Mol.Wt. 498.5 69 36.5

EIA REPORT








+

HCI

Mol.Wt. 498.5 315 Mol.Wt. 777 36.5



Meta Xylidin is diazotize & coupled with P-Anisidine. Monocouple mass is diazotize & n-phenyl J-Acid. Reaction mass is clarified, concentrate on RO, standardtise & spray dried a.

Diazotization of Meta xylidin

Meta xylidin C8H11NO3S

+

NaNO2 +

2HCI

Diazotization Meta xylidin Diazo C8H9N2O3S.CI +

NaCI +

2H2O

Mol.Wt.201 58.5 73 248.5 58.5 36


Meta XylidinDiazo C8H9N2O3S.CI

+ +

P-Anisidine C7H9NO


+

HCI

Mol.Wt. 350.5 123 Mol.Wt. 349 36.5



NaNO2

+

2 HCI


+

H2O

Mol.Wt. 349 69 73 Mol.Wt. 396.5 69 36.5





+

HCI

Mol.Wt. 396.5 315 Mol.Wt. 675 36.5

EIA REPORT




2.10. Plant Infrastructure and Basic requirements

2.10.1. List of plant machinery Table 2.5 Details of plant machinery

SR.NO EQUIPMENTS MOC CAPACITY NOS 1 REACTION VESSEL GLASSLINNED 5 KL 1 2 REACTION VESSEL SS 316 10 KL 2 3 REACTION VESSEL MSRL / PP FRB 10 KL 4 4 REACTION VESSEL MSRL / PP FRB 20 KL 8 5 REACTION VESSEL MSRL / PP FRB 40 KL 8 6 STORAGE TANK HDPE 10 KL 1 7 STORAGE TANK HDPE 5 KL 1 8 MEASURING VESSEL [ CAPSUL] MS 1.5 KL 2 9 SULPHONATOR MS 5 KL 1 10 FILTER PRESS PP 48”X 60PL 3 11 FILTER PRESS PP 36”X 40PL 2 12 SPRAY DRYER SS316 10OOKG/HR 1 13 TRAY DRYER RCC 192 TRAY 2 15 MICRO PULVERIZER SS 316 400KG/HRS 2 16 HOT AIR GENRATOR [ COAL /GAS FIR ] MS 20 KL CAL. 1 17 STEAM BOILER [ COAL / GAS FIRE ] MS 3 TON 1 18 SCRUBBING SYSTEM PP FRB 5 KL 2 19 R.O SS 4000L/HR 2 20 ETP PLANT AS PER NORMS

2.10.2. Water

requirement During Operation

phase:

The total water requirement for the project shall be 41 KLD including domestic and industrial. The

water generation for the project shall be 20.4 KLD.Main source of water supply will meet through

borewell.

Table 2.6 Water Consumption&Waste water Generation details

Sr. No.

Description

Water Requirement KLD

Waste water Generation KLD

Industrial 37 18

01. Process 19 12 02. Boiler/Cooling 15 3 03. Washing 3 3

Domestic 3 2.4 Gardening 1 -

Total (Ind + Dom) 41(37 +4) 20.4

EIA REPORT




Figure 2.4 Water Balance Diagram

2.10.3. Power requirement

The Total power requirement will be 180 KW. The main source of power is UTTAR GUJARAT VIJ

COMPANY LTD. (UGVCL).

Table 2.7 Power requirement

Sr. No. Source Proposed Total

1. UGVCL Ltd. 180 kw 180 kw

2. D. G. Set (Stand by) 125 x 2 250 kw

EIA REPORT




2.10.4. Fuel requirement

Imported coal/lignite/natural gasis being used as a fuel for Boiler.Diesal is being used in D.G set.

Therefore, no additional fuel will be required for proposed project. In rainy season / at night online

heater is used to enhance the temperature of water as per requirement.

Table 2.8 Fuel Consumption Details

Sr. No. Stack attached to Type of fuel Fuel quantity

1 Boiler Imported coal/lignite/natural gas 0.1 MT/hr.

2. HAG Imported coal/lignite/Natural Gas 0.15 MT/hr.

3. D.G set Diesel 0.40 MT/hr

2.10.5. Manpower requirement During Operation phase:

There are around 25 peoples will be required for the proposed project. Thus, total manpower will

be 25 workers.

The details are as shown in below table:

Table 2.9 Employment Details

Status

Total workers in all shifts

Regular Contract Total (a) New 17 8 25

Total 17 8 25

EIA REPORT




Sr. No.

Stack attached to

Type of fuel

Fuel

quantity

Stack

Height from gl.

APCM Parameter

Concentration

1

Boiler Imported coal/ lignite/nat ural

gas

0.1 MT/hr.

32 m Dust

Collector

Particulate Matter SO NOX

PM ≤ 150 mg/NM3

SO2≤ 100 ppm NOx≤ 50 ppm

2.

HAG

Imported coal/ lignite/nat ural

gas

0.15 MT/hr.

30 m

Dust

Collector

Particulate

Matter SO2 NOX

PM ≤ 150 mg/NM3

SO2≤ 100 ppm NOx≤ 50 ppm

2.11. Emission, Effluent Generation & Waste Generation with Control System

2.11.1. Air Emission

There will be no process gas emission & adequate stack heights are provided for flue gas emissions

from boiler and HAG.Details of stacks are shown in below table:

Table 2.10 Details of Flue Gas Stacks

2

2.11.2. Effluent generation and its management

Source of Effluent water:

The effluent is generated from sources:

i) Processing

ii) Boiler Blow Down

iii) Cooling Tower Purging

iv) Plant Floor Washing

The total waste water generations from Industrial will be 20.4KLD. The waste water shall generate mainly process, boiler blow down and plant process cleaning water. The effluent will be treated in ETP and R.O. from where 18 KLD of R.O permeate shall be reused in process again and 5.0 KLD of R.O. rejected shall be evaporated by spray dryer.

2.4 KLD Domestic effluents shall be disposed through septic tank & Soak pit.

EIA REPORT




ETP Process Flow Diagram

2.11.3. Solvent Recovery Plan

There will be no use of solvants during the production process.

2.11.4. Details of the Hazardous Waste

Details of Hazardous Waste generation, storage and disposal facility are shown in below table:

Table 2.11 Hazardous Waste Details

Sr.

No.

Category

Code

Description Total Quantity /

Annum

Mode of Disposal

1 34.3 ETP Sludge 15.0 MT/Year Collection, Storage, Transportation,

Disposal at TSDF site. 2 - Evaporation Residue 0.5 MT/Year

3 5.1 Used Oil/ Spent Oil 30 Lit/Year Collection, Storage, Transportation, Sell

to Registered Re-processor

4 33.3 Discarded Container /

Drum

6 MT/Year Sold to Registered Re- processor

Bags 2 MT/Year Sold to Registered Recycler

EIA REPORT




2.11.5. Details of the Non- Hazardous Waste

Table 2.12 Non- Hazardous Waste Details

Sr.No Name of Non Hazardous Waste Quantity Disposal

1. M.S, HDPE, Fiber drums 0.010MT/Month M.S., HDPE and Fiber

drums & contaminated

plastic bags will be

disposed to the

registered recycler.

Wooden, Metal, Plastic,

Paper scrap will

disposed by selling to

actual user.

2. Plastic bags 0.003MT/Month

3. Wooden, Metal, Plastic, Paper scrap 0.1MT/Month

2.11.6. Details of Solids Waste During Operation Phase:

Total domestic waste will be generated during the operation phase is about 32 kg/day. The

generated waste that is bio-degradable waste (10kg/day) and Non bio degradable waste

(22kg/day) will be handed over to authorized vendors or sent to disposal site as per Solid

Waste Management Rules, 2016.

2.12. Green Belt Development

Total 492.7 square metersarea (Approx.30 %) has already been earmarked as green belt in

premises. Suitable local plants of variety of species are planted with adequate spacing.

2.13. Rain Water Harvesting

Rainwater harvestingwill provide in premises to conserve the storm water. Adequate care has

been taken while making efficient planning for percolation of rainwater into the sub-surface

without directly draining it outside and conserving maximum extent of rain water within the

facility.

In order to allow percolation of rainwater into the ground, rainwater harvesting structures along

the boundary of the project has been provided to enhance the groundwater potential while

raising the water table in the area.

EIA REPORT




Run off from the proposed project site is calculated using rational formula:

Q= C x I x A

Q = Run-off in m3/hr

A = Catchment Area (sq.mt)

C = Coefficient of Run-off

I = intensity of Rainfall in m/hr

Table 2.13 Annual Runoff

Land use type

Area (m2)

Coefficient runoff

Rainfall (m)

Quantity of rain water

(M3) Roof top area 864.52 0.8 0.760 525.63 Paved Area 135.66 0.6 0.760 61.86

Green Area/Open space 492.7 0.3 0.760 112.3 Total 1492.88 1.7 2.28 699.79

Harvested water is collected in underground tank with capacity of 50 m3 (5 m x 2.5 m x 4 m)

& used for gardening and firefighting purpose.

2.14. Storm Water-Collection and Disposal

Storm water drains will be constructed& channelized to Underground tank. Storm water from the

entire plot is collected

2.15. Infrastructure facilities

Construction Phase

Most of the labors will be hired from nearby villages; therefore, no housing or shelter facilities

required for construction workers.

Operation phase

Various facilities and systems will be provided within plant premises for management of excreta.

The main methods of excreta management practiced in the settlement are through:

1. Individual pit Toilets (both traditional and VIP)

2. Public communal Toilets

3. Septic tank

EIA REPORT




CHAPTER 3. DESCRIPTION OF ENVIRONMENT

3.1. Introduction

The baseline environmental qualities of various environmental components like air, noise, water,

land, flora and fauna and socio-economic form an important and integral part of any environmental

study. The baseline data forms the basis for predicting/assessing the environmental impacts of the

proposed project. The baseline environmental quality is assessed through field surveys within the

impact zone as well as secondary data for various components of the environment, viz., air, noise,

water, land and socio-economics.

M/s Aditya color chem proposing manufacturing of Synthetic Organic Dyes at facility Plot No.66-

70,Rudra Industrial Park Bakrol, Village: Bakrol (Bujrang), Tal: Daskroi: Ahmedabad, Gujarat

382210.

The coordinates of site are Longitude 72° 43’ 46.50”E and Latitude 22° 58’ 19.36” N.

The present report comprises the data collected during the sampling period of three months, from

Dec’17 to Feb’18. Various environmental components were monitored and samples were analyzed.

The baseline quality of various components of the environment, viz. air, noise, water, land, biology,

meteorological and socio-economic is assessed within the impact zone of about 10 km around the

proposed site. Secondary data has also been incorporated from authentic sources viz.

Government/Non-Governmental Agencies, Universities, Indian Meteorological Department (IMD),

Ground Water Board etc. Various environmental components were monitored and samples analyzed.

3.2. Methodology

The methodology for conducting the baseline environmental survey has been obtained from the

guidelines provided in the “EIA Guidance Manual for Synthetic organic chemicals Industry” issued by

the Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF). Environmental attributes and frequency of monitoring

is given in Table 3.1.

Table 3.1 Environmental Attributes & Frequency of Monitoring

Sr.

No.

Attribute Parameters No. of

Sampling

Locations

Frequency of Monitoring/

Data Collection

1 Meteorology Wind speed & direction,

temperature,relative humidity,

rainfall

Project Site Data collected from IMD.

2 Ambient air

quality

PM10,PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO, NH3,

HC, Pb, Ozone, Benzene,

Benzopyrene, Arsenic, Nickel.

8 24 hourly samples twice a

week. CO and O3 8 hourly

samples twice a week.

3 Noise levels Noise levels in dB (A) Leq. 8 At least one day in a

EIA REPORT




season for day time and

night time on a working &

nonworking day.

4 Surface water

quality

Physical, chemical and

bacteriological parameters

including pH, temperature,

turbidity, magnesium hardness,

total alkalinity, chloride, sulphates,

fluoride, salinity, DO, BOD, COD,

Heavy metals, Total coliforms,

fecal coliforms,

3 Once in a season.

5 Groundwater

quality

Physical, chemical and

bacteriological parameters

including pH, temperature,

turbidity, magnesium hardness,

total alkalinity, chloride, sulphates,

fluoride, salinity, DO, BOD, COD,

Heavy metals, Total coliforms,

Fecal coliforms,

8 Once in a season.

6 Biological

Environment

Existing flora and fauna. Study

Area

Through field visits and

substantiated through

secondary data sources.

7. Soil

characteristics

Physical, chemical and biological

parameters to assess agricultural

and afforestation potential including

pH, Permeability, Electrical

conductivity, Nitrites, Phosphates,

TPH, Fluorides, Heavy metals,

SAR, Total hydrocarbons and cation

exchange capacity.

8 Once in a season.

9 Land use /

Land Cover

Land use for different land use

Classifications.

Study

Area

Land use / Land Cover

Analysis using satellite

imaging and GIS Technique

10 Socio-

economic

Socio-economic characteristics,

labour force characteristics,

Study

Area

Based on field survey and

data collected from

EIA REPORT




Environment population statistics existing

amenities in the study area and

quality of life.

Census of India

3.3. Topography

Ahmedabad is located near north side of Gujarat; therefore, most of the land is dry and arid in nature.

Moreover, the topography of Gujarat is characterized by the small hilly tracts especially around the Rann

of Kutch region. Thus spread over a vast area, the topography of Gujarat is divided into 3 major

regions, namely,

(1) The Peninsular - the region, which is also known as Saurashtra, is essentially a hilly tract. (2) The

Kutch - It is a barren and rocky area containing the great Rann. The Rann is further divided into the

Greater Rann and the Lesser Rann.

(3) The mainland that extends from the Rann of Kutch and the Aravalli hills to the river Damanganga. The

Gujarat has six major drainage systems namely,

(i) Narmada River,

(ii) Sabarmati River,

(iii) Tapi,

(iv) Purna,

(v) Damanganga,

(vi) Rukmavati, etc.

Figure 3.1 Topographic Map of The Study Area

(Source: Open series map, Survey of Indian)

EIA REPORT




Observations:

• There is no dam reservoir in the study area.

• There is no reserved forest in the study area.

• There are approx. 15 numbers of villages in the study area.

• Ahmedabad city is nearer to the project site.

• The nearest village is Bakrol.

3.4. Geology

The geology of the area is underlain by recently placed alluvium, brown sand and millolite sand. As per the

Geo-Environmental Regions of Gujarat, the study area falls in the Northern Alluvial Plains. The average

elevation of the study area is about 70 m above mean sea level. There are no hills or hillocks in the study

area. The entire area of the district is underlain by the basaltic lava flows of upper Cretaceous to lower

Eocene age. The shallow alluvial formation of recent age also occurs as narrow stretch along the major

rivers flowing in the area. A map depicting the hydrogeological features is shown in Figure 3.2. Central

Ground Water Board monitors water levels in 43 Ground Water Monitoring wells (GWMW) in the district.

3.5. Geomorphology & Soil types

Soils may be defined as a thin layer of earth crust that serves as a natural medium for the growth of plants. It

is the unconsolidated mineral factors. Soils serve as a reservoir of nutrients for plants and crops. It also

provides mechanical anchorage and favorable filth.

The study area has alluvial sandy loamy soil locally known as Goradu (or Gorat) or Bhatta. Goradu are nothing

but alluvial soils of older origin while Bhatta soils are of recent origin deposited chiefly along the banks of river.

The soils of this group are very deep, well drained, fine soils on very gently sloping alluvial plain with moderate

erosion; associated with deep, moderately well drained, calcareous, fine- loamy soils with moderate erosion.

3.6. Hydrogeology

The geology of the area is under lain by recently place dalluvium, browns and millolite sand. As per the Geo-

Environmental Regions of Gujarat, the study area falls in the Northern Alluvial Plains. The average elevation

EIA REPORT




of the study area is about 70 m above mean sea level. There are no hills or hil locks in the study area. The

entire area of the district is under laid by the basalticlava flows of upper Cretaceousto lower Eoceneage.

The shallow alluvial formation ofrecent age also occurs as narrow stretch along the major rivers flowing in the

area. Central Ground Water Board monitors water levels in 71 Ground Water Monitoring wells (GWMW) in the

district.

3.7. Seismology

According to the seismic-zoning map of India, the project area falls in Zone III-Moderate Risk zone of seismicity.

The region has experienced quite of few earthquakes from past decades.

As per the Seismic Zone classification by IS 1893 (Part-I): 2002, Ahmedabad falls under

Seismic Zone III which falls under Moderate Risk Zone.

Figure 3.2. Seismic Zoning Map of India

3.8. Land use

The basic purpose of land use pattern and classification in an EIA study is to identify the manner in which

different parts of land in an area are being utilized or not utilized. Remote sensing data provides reliable accurate

baseline information for land use mapping, as it is a rapid method of acquiring up-to- date information of over a

large geological area.

A systematic digital image interpretation approach was used to delineate the land use classes. The present

study was focused on demarcating boundaries of different land use/land cover units from an analysis of

different types of colour registrations of land use/land cover units from satellite imagery. Data Used in the land

use map preparation is the satellite Imagery of Indian Remote Sensing Satellite (IRS- ID, sensor P6, LISS III)

of 24 m resolution.

EIA REPORT




Figure 3.3. Land Use Classification of Study Area

EIA REPORT




Table 3.2 Land Use Distribution of the Study Area (10 km Radius)

LULC Class AREA In Ha. % of Area

Crop Land 17921.01 57.05%

Urban Built Up 3157.16 10.05%

Pond/Lake 68.32 0.22%

Industry 1540.88 4.90%

Mixed Built Up 591.32 1.88%

River 331.51 1.06%

Open Scrub Land 2998.49 9.54%

Settlement 927.57 2.95%

Fallow Land 3879.26 12.35%

EIA REPORT




Figure 3.4. Land Use Map of the Study Area (10 km Radial Zone)

EIA REPORT




3.9. Meteorology

Observation on Meteorology: The meteorological parameters play a vital role in transport and dispersion of

pollutants in the atmosphere.

Climate: The climate of Gujarat is varied, as it is moist in the southern districts and dry in the northern region.

The Arabian Sea and the Gulf of Khambhat in the west and the forest- covered hills in the east soften the rigours of

climatic extremes, consequently reducing the temperature and render the climate more pleasant and healthy. The

mean minimum temperature is about 15°C and means maximum temperature is about 43°C. The normal annual

rainfall over the district about 760 mm.

Relative Humidity: The mean monthly average of Relative Humidity values for Ahmedabad station was

recorded & Relative Humidity is generally high during the period from June to September. The diurnal variations

are least during monsoon season. The diurnal variation is highest during summer period. Relative humidity is

maximum 65 % and minimum 18 %.

Cloudiness: The skies are heavily clouded to overcast during the south-west monsoon season. In May and

October, the clouding is moderate. Clear or very lightly clouded skies are common in the rest of the year.

Winds: Wind data areas mentioned in table No.3.2 Regional Meteorology:

Table 3.3 Climatology (Year: 2017)

Month Mean Daily Minimum Temperature (0C)

Mean Daily Maximum Temperature (0C)

Mean Daily Temperatur (0C)

Relative Humidity (%)

Mean wind Speed (Km/h)

Average Rainfall (mm)

January 33.7 10.2 21.9 27 5.9 00

February 33.4 10.1 21.8 44 4.8 00

March 40.8 10.0 25.4 38 4.5 00

April 43.8 13.3 35.2 18.9 13.0 00

May 43.3 24.9 34.1 17.2 5.3 50

June 43.0 22.5 32.7 40.2 6.5 210

July 37.0 25.0 26.0 60.2 8.5 350

August 34.2 25.0 29.6 38.5 9.0 150

September 35.2 23.0 29.1 40.2 7.0 50

October 39.2 18.5 28.8 28.9 3.0 20

November 38.2 10.0 24.1 17.7 2.4 00

EIA REPORT




Site Specific Micro-Meteorological Data of the Study Area:

Site specific climatic condition refers to weather conditions comprising of temperature, relative humidity,

wind speed, rainfall, cloud cover etc. This determines the baseline conditions and probable impacts on

environmental parameters with respect to the Project. The site specific climatic conditions are given

below in below table:

Table 3.4 Site Specific Meteorological data

December 2017

Temperature

( 0Dew Point

Temperature C )

Relative

Humidity

in %

Wind Direction in degrees

from north

Wind

Speed in

knots

Max 29 59 77.29 360 7

Min 14 46.4 30.62 0 0

Average 21.29 50.97 52.74 53.44 2.96

January 2018

Temperature

( 0Dew Point

Temperature C )

Relative

Humidity

in %


from north

Wind

Speed in

knots

Max 32 60.8 87.74 360 6

Min 11 35.6 18.67 0 0

Average 21.23 48.95407 49.93675 65.04815 2.674743

February 2018

Temperature

( 0Dew Point

Temperature C )

Relative

Humidity

in %


from north

Wind

Speed in

knots

Max 39 62.6 88 360 12

Min 14 30.2 12.64 0 0

Average 24.73 50.60 43.64 84.80 2.49

Wind Rose

The wind direction is predominantly from NE to SW. Diurnal shift in wind direction was not observed during study period. The wind rose diagram prepared from data collected at site is shown in Figure

EIA REPORT




Wind Rose

3.10. Ambient Air Quality

Reconnaissance: The quality of ambient air depends upon the background concentrations of specific

contaminants, the emission sources and meteorological conditions. The study on baseline ambient

air quality status in the project area is an essential and primary requirement for assessing the impacts

on air environment due to any proposed developmental activity.

The baseline studies on air environment include identification of specific air pollution parameters

expected to have significant impacts and assessing their existing levels in ambient air within the impact

zone. To assess the baseline status of ambient air quality in the study area, monitoring is undertaken

to ascertain the baseline pollutant concentrations in ambient air.

Methodology for air Monitoring: AAQM was carried out and AAQM locations were monitored on 24

hourly average bases twice in a week as per guidelines of CPCB and NAAQS. The conventional

and project specific parameters such as particulate matter PM10 (size less than 10µm), particulate

matter PM2.5 (size less than 2.5µm), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2) & Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) were

monitored.

Selection of Stations for Sampling: For EIA, the purpose is to ascertain the baseline pollutant

EIA REPORT




concentrations in ambient air. Accordingly, the criterion can be selected to ascertain quality of air on

human settlements or environmentally sensitive areas if any located in the 10 km radius study area.

The locations for AAQM study were selected within the 10 km radius of the proposed plant

installation. Ambient air quality was monitored on 8 locations to generate representative ambient air

quality data.

(Source: Google Image)

Figure 3.6. Google Image showing Ambient Air Monitoring Locations

Table 3.5 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations

Sr.

No.

Monitoring Station Coordinates Distance in KM

A1 Project Site (Bakrol) 22°58'20.92"N, 72°43'26.66"E -

A2 Bakrol 22°59'1.86"N, 72°44'21.37"E 1.98

A3 Gatrad 22°58'41.68"N,,72°42'13.23"E 2.13

A4 Muvadi 22°59'28.78"N, 72°40'51.79"E 6.93

A5 Undrel 22°57'16.53"N, 72°46'22.22"E 5.36

A6 Dhamtwan 22°57'24.14"N, 72°43'25.16"E 1.68

A7 Hathijan 22°56'22.81"N,72°39'55.25"E 7.02

A8 Dhamtwan Vanch road 22°56'36.36"N, 72°41'22.48"E 2.49

EIA REPORT




Table 3.6 Results for Location of AAQ stations

EIA REPORT


Page 125 M/s. Aditya Color Chem.

Table 3.7 National Ambient Air Quality Standards and Methods of Measurement

S.

No.

Pollutants Time

Weighted

Average

National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS)

Industrial,

Residential,

Rural and

other area

Ecologically

Sensitive

Area

Methods of

measurement

1 SO2 (µg/m3) 24 hours 80 80 Improved West and

Gaeke method.

2

NOx (µg/m3)

24 hours

80

80

Modified Jacob &

Hochheiser (Sodium

Arsenite).

3

PM10 (µg/m3)

24 hours

100

100

Gravimetric Method

4

PM2.5 (µg/m3)

24 hours

60

60

Gravimetric Method

5

CO (mg/m3)

8 hours

2

2

Non Dispersive Infra

Red Spectroscopy

6

Ammonia

(µg/m3)

24 hours

400

400

Indophenol Blue Method

7

Ozone (µg/m3)

8 hours

100

100

UV Photometric

Chemical Method

8 Lead (µg/m3) 24 hours 1.0 1.0 AAS

9

Benzopyrene

(mg/m3)

Annual

1.0

1.0

Gas Chromatography

(Source: http://cpcb.nic.in/National_Ambient_Air_Quality_Standards.php)

http://cpcb.nic.in/National_Ambient_Air_Quality_Standards.php�

EIA REPORT



3.10.2. Observations on Ambient Air Quality:

Particulate Matter (PM10

Particulate Matter (PM2.5):

):

PM10 levels were ranging from 48 to 64 µg/m3. PM10 concentration was within the NAAQS level (i.e.100 µg/m3) at all locations.

PM2.5 levels were ranging from 32 to 46 µg/m3. PM2.5 concentration was found within the NAAQS level (i.e.60 µg/m3) at all the locations.

Sulphur Dioxide (SO2):

SO2 levels were ranging from 4 to 18 µg/m3. The SO2 level in all the monitoring locations is within permissible limit i.e. NAAQS level 80µg/m3.

Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx):

NOx levels were found ranging from 12 to 26 µg/m3. The NOx level in all monitoring locations

was under permissible limit i.e. NAAQS level 80 µg/m3

.

EIA REPORT



3.11. Noise Environment

Noise can be defined as an unwanted sound. It interferes with speech and hearing. If intense enough,

it can damage hearing, or is otherwise irritating. The definition of noise as unwanted sound implies

that it has an adverse effect on human beings and their environment. Noise can also disturb natural

wildlife and ecological system.

The objective of the noise pollution survey in the study area is to identify existing noise sources

and to measure background noise levels.

Reconnaissance

In order to measure the existing noise sources and to identify the background noise levels, the noise

pollution survey around the proposed site was carried out. The collection of baseline noise

environment data included Identification of noise sources and to measure background noise levels

and Measurement of noise levels due to transportation and other local activity.

Methodology for Noise Monitoring

Noise standards have been designated as per the Noise Pollution (Regulation & Control) Rules,

2000 Notified by Ministry of Environment and Forests, New Delhi, February 14, 2000. The ambient

noise standards are presented in Equivalent noise levels (Leq.) have been measured twice a

week during study period. The measurements were carried out at each monitoring location during

day time and night time.

Noise Monitoring Locations

A total of 8 locations were identified for ambient noise monitoring in the study area. The noise

monitoring locations are given in Table 3.8.

Figure 3.7. Google Image showing Ambient Noise Monitoring

EIA REPORT



Table 3.8 Ambient Noise Quality Monitoring Locations

Sr.

No.

Location Coordinates Noise level

Day time Night time

A1 Project Site (Bakrol) (Industrial area) 22°58'20.92"N, 72°43'26.66"E 56.2 52

A2 Bakrol(Residential area) 22°59'1.86"N, 72°44'21.37"E 52.8 43.3

A3 Gatrad(Residential area) 22°58'41.68"N,,72°42'13.23"E 53.5 43

A4 Muvadi(Residential area) 22°59'28.78"N, 72°40'51.79"E 54.2 43.5

A5 Undrel(Residential area) 22°57'16.53"N, 72°46'22.22"E 48.5 41.2

A6 Dhamtwan(Residential area) 22°57'24.14"N, 72°43'25.16"E 51.2 42.8

A7 Hathijan(Residential area) 22°56'22.81"N,72°39'55.25"E 52.4 44

A8 Dhamtwan Vanch road (Residential

area) 22°56'36.36"N, 72°41'22.48"E 52.5 44.8

Table 3.9 Applicable Noise Standards Area Code Category of Area Limit in dB (A) Leq

Day Time Night Time A Industrial area 75 70 B Commercial area 65 55 C Residential area 55 45 D Silence zone 50 40

(Source: Noise Pollution Rules, 2000)

Note: • Day time is reckoned in between 6 am and 10 pm. • Night time reckoned in between 10 pm and 6 am. • Silence zone is defined as areas up to 100 meters around such premises as

hospitals, education, institutions and courts. The silence zones are to be declared by the Component Authority.

• Mixed categories of areas should be declared as one of the four above-mentioned categories by the Component Authority and the corresponding standard shall apply.

(Source: The Noise Pollution (Regulation & Control) Rules, 2000)

Observation on Ambient Noise Quality:

Day Time: The noise levels varied in the study area during day time from 48.5 dB (A) Leq to 56.2 dB

(A) Leq and at the project site (industrial area) noise observed was 50-56 dB (A) Leq.

The day time noise level in the study area is within the noise Limits.

Night Time: The night time noise level in the study area is in the range of 41.2 dB (A) Leq to 52 dB

(A) Leq. In industrial site, it was 45-50 dB (A) Leq. The night time noise was also within stipulated

standards of CPCB.

EIA REPORT



3.12. Water Quality

Reconnaissance Survey Reconnaissance survey has been done for water quality monitoring in the Study Area. The baseline

water quality of ground water / surface water in the region is obtained by collecting sample from

villages in the area considering the 10 km radius for the baseline study.

Methodology of Monitoring

In order to establish the baseline water quality, ground water and surface water sampling locations

were selected based on availability, following standard norms and requirement. Ground water

samples were collected from the identified hand pumps and wells for the characterization of

water quality. Selection of surface water sampling locations has been considered as per the

utilization pattern of the villagers for domestic / drinking purposes.

The samples collected were preserved, stored and analyzed as per standards methods of Analysis

of Water and Waste Water.

3.12.1. Ground Water Quality:

Ground water samples were collected from 8 locations during the study period and analyzed for a

number of physico-chemical parameters.

Figure 3.8. Google Image showing Ground Water Monitoring Locations

(Source: Google Earth Image)

EIA REPORT



Table 3.10 Ground Water sampling locations in the study area Sr. No. Name of Village Coordinates Type of Sample Distance (km)

& Direction

GW1 Project Site 22°58'20.92"N, 72°43'26.66"E Ground Water ---

GW2 Bakrol 22°59'1.86"N, 72°44'21.37"E Ground Water 1.98 NE

GW3 Gatrad 22°58'41.68"N,,72°42'13.23"E Ground Water 2.13 WNW

GW4 Muvadi 22°59'28.78"N, 72°40'51.79"E Ground Water 6.93 NW

GW5 Undrel 22°57'16.53"N, 72°46'22.22"E Ground Water 5.36 ESE

GW6 Dhamtwan 22°57'24.14"N, 72°43'25.16"E Ground Water 1.68 S

GW7 Hathijan 22°56'22.81"N,72°39'55.25"E Ground Water 7.02 SW

GW8 Dhamtwan Vanch road 22°56'36.36"N, 72°41'22.48"E GroundWater 2.49, S

(Source: Analysis during study period, GCI)

Table 3.11 Ground water monitoring Analysis Reports

Sr. no.

Parameter Unit GW1 GW2 GW3 GW4 GW5 GW6 GW7 GW8 Reference Method

1. Colour Hazen <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 APHA 2120 2. Turbidity NTU <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 <5.0 APHA 2130 3. pH - 7.40 7.30 7.60 7.60 7.70 7.30 7.4 7.2 APHA 4500 4. Total

dissolved solids (TDS)

mg/l 436 535 585 480 532 547 438 465 APHA 2540 C

5. Total hardness (CaCO3)

mg/l 152 150 160 175 165 152 148 163 APHA 2340 C

6. Calcium (Ca) mg/l 45.0 42.0 48.0 51.0 56.0 49.0 41.2 35.7 APHA -3500 Ca-B

7. Magnesium (Mg)

mg/l 9.6 10.9 9.76 11.5 6.1 7.1 8.3 9.6 APHA 3500-Mg-B

8. Total Alkalinity (CaCO3)

mg/l 158 169 153 177 195 185 172 164 APHA 2320

9. Chloride (Cl) mg/l 58.0 70.2 65.5 85.3 60.3 70.5 68.9 79.8 APHA 4500 Cl-

10. Floride (F) mg/l 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.07 0.06 0.06 0.04 0.07 APHA 4500-F-D

11. Iron (Fe) mg/l 0.03 0.04 0.03 0.04 0.04 0.04 0.03 0.03 APHA 3111-B 12. Specific

Conductivity µmnos/cm

670.7 650 721 710 818.4 725 660 705 APHA 2510 B

13. Nitrate (NO3) mg/l 1.7 1.4 1.8 1.3 1.6 1.2 1.8 1.5 APHA 4500 NO3- B

14. Sodium (Na) mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL APHA 3500 NA

15. Pottasium (K) mg/l BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL BDL APHA 3500 K

EIA REPORT



B 16. Sulphate(SO4) mg/l 22.3 25.6 35.6 32.4 38.9 25.1 28.6 34.7 APHA 4500

SO4 E 17. Phelolic

compounds (C6H5OH)

mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

<0.001

<0.001

<0.001

APHA 5530

18. Cyanide (CN) mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

<0.001

<0.001

<0.001

APHA 4500 CN

19. Nickel mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 APHA 3111-B

20. Cadmium (Cd)

mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

<0.001

<0.001

<0.001

APHA 3111-B

21. Total Chromium

mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 APHA 3500-B

22. Copper (Cu) mg/l <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 APHA 3111-B

23. Lead (Pb) mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 APHA 3111-B

24. Mercury (Hg) mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001

<0.001

<0.001

<0.001

APHA 3112-B

25. Zinc (Zn) mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 APHA3111-B

Observation of ground water monitoring results:

All the samples meet the desirable standards (pH ranges from 7.2 to 7.7). TDS in samples ranges from 436 mg/L to 585 mg/L. All the samples meet the

permissible limit of 2000 mg/L.

Total Hardness in the water ranges from 148 mg/L to 175 mg/L. All the samples meet the permissible limit of 600 mg/L.

Calcium content in the water ranges from 35.7 mg/L to 56 mg/L all the samples

meet the permissible limit of 200 mg/L. Magnesium content in the water ranges from 6.1 mg/L to 11.5 mg/L. All the

samples meet the permissible limit of 100 mg/L.

Total alkalinity in the water samples ranges from 153 mg/L to 195 mg/L. All the samples are within the permissible limit of drinking water (600 mg/L).

Chlorides range from 58 mg/L to 85.3mg/L, which are below permissible limits

(1000 mg/L).

Hence, it can be observed that ground water qualities in terms of various essential and

desirable characteristics are found within the limits specified by IS 10500:2012.

3.12.2. Surface Water Quality:

Surface water samples were collected from 4 locations during the study period and analyzed

for a number of physico-chemical parameters.

EIA REPORT



Figure 3.9. Google Image showing Surface Water Monitoring Location

Sr. No. Name of Village Coordinate Type of

Distance (km) &

SW1 Bakrol Bujrang 22°59'1.86"N,72°44'21.37"E

Surface Water 1.98 NE

SW2 Meswo River 23°05'29.5"N 72°49'58.6"E

Surface Water 6.92 km SE

SW3 Dhamatwan 22°57'24.14"N, 72°43'25.16"E

Surface Water 1.68 S

SW4 Undrel 22°57'16.53"N, 72°46'22.22"E Surface Water 5.36 ESE

Table 3.12 Surface Water Sampling Locations

Table 3.13 Surface water Analysis Reports

EIA REPORT



Sr. no.

Parameter Unit SW1 SW2 SW3 SW4

1. Colour Hazen <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 <1.0 2. Turbidity NTU 2 4 3 5 3. pH - 7.54 7.56 7.24 7.56 4. Total dissolved solids (TDS) mg/l 681 536 444 498 5. Total hardness (CaCO3) mg/l 155 172 178 164 6. Calcium (Ca) mg/l 27.0 30.0 74.5 28.0 7. Magnesium (Mg) mg/l 9.0 19.5 9.8 18.5 8. Total Alkalinity (CaCO3) mg/l 102.0 80.0 106 95 9. Chloride (Cl) mg/l 129.0 110.0 124.0 106.0 10. Floride (F) mg/l 0.45 0.50 0.55 0.50 11. Iron (Fe) mg/l 0.23 0.18 0.14 0.25 12. Specific Conductivity µmnos/cm 438 340 280 320 13. Nitrate (NO3) mg/l 0.6 0.4 0.7 0.5 14. Sodium (Na) mg/l 0.23 0.25 0.21 0.28 15. Pottasium (K) mg/l 0.18 0.15 0.12 0.16 16. Sulphate(SO4) mg/l 38.0 30.0 42.0 30.0 17. Phelolic compounds (C6H5OH) mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 18. Cyanide (CN) mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 19. Arsenic (As) mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 20. Cadmium (Cd) mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 21. Total Chromium mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 22. Copper (Cu) mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 23. Lead (Pb) mg/l <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 <0.01 24. Mercury (Hg) mg/l <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 <0.001 25. Zinc (Zn) mg/l <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 <0.1 26. Dissolved Oxygen (DO) mg/l 4.3 4.0 4.5 4.8 27. Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) mg/l 14 16 08 24 28. Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD at

27°C for 3 days) mg/l 03 04 02 06

29. Total Coliforms MPN/100 ml 220 225 210 234 Table 3.14 Standard Water Quality Criteria

Class of

Water

Designated best use

Criteria

A Drinking Water Source without

conventional treatment but

after disinfection

• Total Coliforms Organism MPN/100ml shall be 50

or less

• pH between 6.5 and 8.5

• Dissolved Oxygen 6mg/l or more

• Biochemical Oxygen Demand 5 days 20°C 2mg/l

B Outdoor bathing (Organized) • Total Coliforms Organism MPN/100ml shall be

500 or less pH between 6.5 and 8.5


• Biochemical Oxygen Demand 5 days 20°C 3mg/l or less.

EIA REPORT



Class of

Water

Designated best use

Criteria

C Drinking water source after

conventional treatment and

disinfection

• Total Coliforms Organism MPN/100ml shall be 5000 or

less pH between 6 to 9


• Biochemical Oxygen Demand 5 days 20°C 3mg/l or less

D Propagation of Wild life and

Fisheries

• pH between 6.5 to 8.5


• Free Ammonia (as N) 1.2 mg/l or less

E Irrigation, Industrial Cooling,

Controlled Waste disposal

• pH betwwn 6.0 to 8.5

• Electrical Conductivity at 25°C micro mhos/cm

Max.2250

• Sodium absorption Ratio Max. 26

• Boron Max. 2 mg/L (Source: http://cpcb.nic.in/Water_Quality_Criteria.php)

Observation on Surface water Quality:

Surface water samples analysed during the study period indicate that all parameters are found within the prescribed limits.

http://cpcb.nic.in/Water_Quality_Criteria.php�

EIA REPORT



3.13. Soil Environment

Soil is our most important natural resource and a natural resource is anything that comes from the earth

and is used by us. We depend on the soil for food, clothing, shelter, minerals, clay & water. Soil is the

seat of many macro and micro flora like algae, fungi, earthworms, bacteria etc. These are very beneficial

in promoting soil reactions and decomposing the organic matter by which essential nutrients for plants

are liberated. Most of the soil is made-up of two main parts:

Tiny bits of mineral particles which come from larger rocks, and humus, which is dark brown in color and

consists of decaying remains of plants and animals.

Soil also contains water, air and living organisms, such as fungi, bacteria, earthworms,

roundworms, insects, etc. Actually more living organisms live in the soil than above it.

For general characterization of soil a few random samples from the study area to the depth of about 15-

cm may sufficient. Deeper soil samples may be needed only for the study of soil profile.

3.13.1. Methodology

The soil samples were collected from 8 selected locations during monitoring season. The samples

collected were homogeneous representative of each sampling location. At random sub- locations were

identified at each location and soil samples were collected from 5 to 15 cm below.

The surface. It was uniformly mixed before homogenizing the soil samples. The samples about 500-gms

were packed in polythene bags labeled in the field with location, number and sent to

the laboratory for the analysis of physicochemical parameters.

3.13.2. Soil Sampling Locations

Soil sampling was conducted once during the study period of monitoring season. 8 soil samples were

collected from selected locations in the vicinity of the proposed project. For studying soil quality

environment in the study area, sampling locations were selected to assess the existing soil conditions

in and around the existing plant area representing various land use conditions. The homogenized

samples were analyzed for physicochemical characteristics.

Analysis of Soil Samples

The soil samples were examined for various physicochemical parameters, to determine the existing

soil characteristics of the study area.

EIA REPORT



Figure 3.10. Google Image showing Soil Monitoring Locations

Table 3.15 Soil Sampling Locations

Sr. No. Sampling Location Coordinators Distance & Direction

from Project Site

1 Project Site 22°58'20.92"N, 72°43'26.66"E 00

2 Bakrol 22°59'1.86"N, 72°44'21.37"E 1.98 NE

3 Gatral 22°58'41.68"N,,72°42'13.23"E 2.13 WNW

4 Muvadi 22°59'28.78"N, 72°40'51.79"E 6.93 NW

5 Undrel 22°57'16.53"N, 72°46'22.22"E 5.36 ESE

6 Dhamtwan 22°57'24.14"N, 72°43'25.16"E 1.68 S

7 Hathijan 22°56'22.81"N,72°39'55.25"E 7.02 SW

8 Dhamtwan Vanch road 22°56'36.36"N, 72°41'22.48"E 2.49, S

Table 3.16 Physiochemical Characteristics of Soil

Parameter Unit Project

Site

Bakrol Gatral Muvadi Undrel Undrel Dhamatvan Location

- 8

pH - 7.7 7.3 7.9 7.4 7.6 7.6 7.7 7.8

Calcium mg/kg 0.38 0.33 0.31 0.29 0.40 0.40 0.38 0.42

Magnesium mg/kg

0.21 0.15 0.14 0.17 0.30 0.30 0.28 0.25

Sodium mg/kg

2.3 0.7 0.59 0.5 2.8 2.8 2.6 3.5

Potassium mg/kg

0.22 0.09 0.08 0.15 0.19 0.19 0.17 0.27

Sulphate mg/kg 0.26 0.21 0.18 0.21 0.29 0.29 0.26 0.38

EIA REPORT



Chloride mg/kg 3.9 1.7 1.5 1.8 4.0 4.0 3.9 5.6

Organic Matter % 0.009 0.14 0.16 0.14 0.15 0.15 0.13 0.18

Available

Nitrogen

% 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.52 0.52 0.5 0.38

Available

Phosphorus

% 0.019 0.32 0.5 0.3 0.18 0.18 0.16 0.2

Boron mg/kg

ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND

Copper mg/kg


Cadmium mg/kg


Chromium mg/kg


SAR in % %

4.8 5.0 3.5 4.8 5.1 5.1 5 6.3

3.13.3. Interpretation of Analytical Results & Conclusions

It is observed from the analysis report that;

Particle Size: Particle sizes of the different constituents (clay, silt, sand and gravel) control the porosity

and water holding characteristic of the soil. Clay (size < 0,002mm) amount in the soil samples is 14%

to 15% and Sand (size 0.002 to 0.075mm) in the soil sample is 68% to 70%. All the samples in the study

area are free of gravel (size > 4.75mm). Analysis shows it is sandy soil with less water holding

capacityBiological Environment.

3.14. Biological Environment

Biological resources of the area are an indicateor of quality/health of the environment of the area.

Therefore, the study of the same is an omporant aspect to minimize the distribution due to the

intervention of the proposed project to accept in a sustainable approach. To achieve the goal, EIA

study was conducted during the month of Dec, 2017 to Feb, 2018 to cover all the biological

parameters.

Nature supports a great variety of living beings under a structural and functional unit called

ecosystem. In any natural ecosystem, there are several components which exist in harmony and survive

only by interdependence. These components may be either biotic or abiotic. Developmental activities

often have great impacts on the biodiversity both ecosystems as well as species level. Present study has

been carried out to inventories the biodiversity exist in the study area of present project, to evaluate the

possible impacts on biodiversity due to project activities and suggest effective mitigation measures against

the negative impacts.

The ecological study was undertaken to understand the present status of ecosystem of the area, to predict

changes as a result of proposed activities and to suggest measures for maintaining the conditions. This

carried through primary survey and secondary data collected from various Government agencies like

Forest Department, Agriculture Department, Scientific literatures etc.

For assessment of flora and fauna, study team randomly sampled in 10.0 km radius of the project

EIA REPORT



site. We collected the data on flora and fauna in each sample plot of 10X10 mtr quadrate. Total

30 quadrates were laid in the study area in order to rapidly study the fauna and flora of the region. No

national Park / Wildlife Sanctuary / Reserve Forest cover was found in 10 Km radius of the project area.

A detailed survey report with the methodology and study is as given in the following section.

a) Flora

Dominant families of plants recorded in the study area are Caesalpiniaceae, Mimosaceae, Euphorbiaceae,

Cucurbitaceae, Papilionaceae. The area showed overall 71 plant species from 60 genera and 32 families

the list of dominant flora observed in study area given in below Table

List of Flora in the Study Area

EIA REPORT



SN Scientific Name Local Name Family

1 Acacia nilotica Babul Ceasalpiniaceae 2 Albizilebbeck Siras Mimosaceae 3 Azadirachtaindica Neem Balanitaceae 4 Bombaxceiba Shimdo Bombacaceae

5 Bauhinia racemosa - Papilionaceae 6 Buteamonosperma Chola Papilionaceae 7 Cassia fistula Garmalo Ceasalpiniaceae 8 Carica papaya Papaya Caricaeae

9 Cassia siamea Kashid Caesalpiniaceae 10 Casuarinaequisetifolia Sharu Casuarinaceae

11 Coldeniaprocumbens - Ehretiaceae 12 Derris indica - Papilionaceae 13 Eucalyptus species Nilgiri Myrtaceae

14 Ficusbengalensis Vad Moraceae

15 Ficusreligiosa Pipdo Moraceae

16 Madhucaindica Mahudo Asteraceae 17 Mangiferaindica Amba Sapindaceae 18 Manilkarahexandra - Sapotaceae 19 Maytenusemarginata Vikdo Meliaceae 20 Prosopis cineraria Khijdo,Samdo Mimosaceae 21 Samaneasaman RatoSarasdo Mimosaceae

22 Syzygiumcumunii Jambudo Myrtaceae

23 Tamarindusindica Amli Ceasalpiniaceae Shrubs

1 Abelmoschusesculentus Bhindi Malvaceae

2 Abubutilonindicum* Khapat Malvaceae

3 Baliospermummentanum Jamalgota ( Danti) Euphorbiaceae

4 Balntiesaegyptiaca Ingorie Balanitaceae

5 Calotropisgigantea Akdo Asclepiadaceae

6 Calotropisprocera Akdo Salvadoraceae

7 Cassia italica Garmalo Ceasalpiniaceae

8 Cordiagharaf - Gentianaceae

9 Cressacretica - Convulvulaceae

10 Crotolariaburhia - Papilionaceae

11 Indigoferalinnaei - Papilionaceae

EIA REPORT



12 Indigoferaoblongifolia - Papilionaceae

13 Launaeaprocumbens - Asteraceae

14 ProsopisChilensis Khijdo, Mimosaceae

15 Riveahypocrateriformis - Convulvulaceae

16 Vernoniacinerarea sadori Asteraceae

17 Zizyphusnummularia Chanibor Celastraceae Herbs

1. Alysicarpus sp. - Papilionaceae 2. Capparis decidua Bare Caper Capparaceae 3. Capparissepiaria - Capparaceae 4. Cardiospermumhalicacabum - Rhamnaceae 5. Cassia auriculata Aval Ceasalpiniaceae 6. Cassia tora Kunvandio Ceasalpiniaceae 7. Cleome viscosa Pilitalvani Capparaceae 8. Corchorusaestuans - Malvaceae 9. Corchorusfascicularis - Tiliaceae 10. Corchorusolitorius - Tiliaceae 11. Corchorus sp. - Tiliaceae 12. Datura metal Dhanturo Convulvulaceae 13. Ecliptaprostrata - Asteraceae 14. Enicostemahyssopifolium - Asclepiadaceae 15. Evolvulusalsinoides - Convulvulaceae

Herbs

16. Gilnuslotoides Lotus Sweetjuice, Cucurbitaceae 17. Grangeamaderaspatana - Asteraceae 18. Melilotus alba - Papilionaceae 19. Melilotusindica - Papilionaceae 20. Neptuniaoleracea - Mimosaceae 21. Rhynchosia minima - Papilionaceae 22. Sphaeranthusindicus - Asteraceae 23. Tephrosiapurpurea Sharpunkha Papilionaceae 24. Tribulusterrestris Ghokhru Tiliaceae 25. Tridexprocumbens PardesiBhangaro, Asteraceae 26. Trigonellaocculta - Papilionaceae 27. Xanthium strumarium Godrian Asteraceae

Climbers

1. Cocciniagrandis Tindora Mimosaceae 2. Cocculushirsutus PatalaGarudi Menispermaceae 3. Mukiamaderaspatana - Cucurbitaceae

EIA REPORT



4. Convolvulus microphyllus - Boraginaceae 5. Trichosanthescucumerina - Cucurbitaceae

b) Fauna:

Methodology

Field observations of fauna were carried out. The commonly available mammals, amphibians, reptiles, butterflies, dragonflies and damselflies within 10 km surroundings were enumerated. List of Dominant Fauna Recorded in Study area are Given in below Table 18.

Table 3.17 List of Dominant Fauna Recorded in Study Area

No. Common Name Scientific Name Scheduled

Mammals

1. Common dog Canis lupus familiaris Not enlisted

2. Common cat Felissilvestriscatus Not enlisted

3. Squirrel Funambuluspalmarum Sch-IV

4. Domestic buffalo Bubalusbubalis Not enlisted

5. Cow Bostaurus Not enlisted

6. Goat Capra hircusaegagrus Not enlisted

7. Rat Rattusrattus Sch-V

8. Indian grey mongoose Herpestesedwardsii Sch – II

Reptiles

1. Common garden lizard Calotesversicolor Not enlisted

2. Rock lizard Psmmophilusblanfordanus Not enlisted

Avifauna

1. Black kite Milvusmigrans Not enlisted

2. Blue rock pigeon Columba livia Sch – IV

3. Cattle egret Bubulcus ibis Sch – IV

4. Common swallow Hirundsrustica Sch – IV

5. Crow pheasant Centropussinensis Sch – IV

6. House crow Corvussplendens Sch – V

7. House sparrow Passer domesticus Sch – IV

8. House swift Apusaffinus Sch – IV

9. Indian black drongo Dicrurusadsimilis Sch – IV

10. Indian myna Acridotherestristis Sch – IV

11. Koel Eudynamysscolopacea Sch – IV

EIA REPORT



12. Little swift Apusaffinis Sch – IV

13. Magpie robin Copsychussaularis Sch – IV

14. Purple sunbird Nactariniaasiatica Sch – IV

15. Red wattled lapwing Vanellusindicus Sch – IV

16. Roseringed parakeet Paittaculakrameri Sch – IV

17. Redvented bulbul Pycronotuscafer Sch – IV

18. Small blue kingfisher Alcedoatthis Sch – IV

19. Small green bee eater Meropsorientalis Sch – IV

20. Jungle babbler Turdoidesstriata Sch – IV

21. Common babbler Turdoidescaudatus Sch – IV

22. Indian roller Coraciasbenghalensis Sch – IV

Butterflies

1. Blue mormon Papiliopolymnestor Not enlisted

2. Blue pansy Junoniaorithya Not enlisted

3. Common sailor Neptishylas Not enlisted

4. Common evening brown Melanitisleda Not enlisted

5. Common grass yellow Euremahecabe Not enlisted

6. Common Indian crow Euploea core Sch – IV

7. Common leopard Phalantaphalantha Not enlisted

8. Common mormon Papiliopolytes Not enlisted

9. Gray pansy Junoniaatlites Not enlisted

10. Lime butterfly Papiliodemoleus Not enlisted

11. Plain tiger Danauschrysippus Not enlisted

12. Common wanderer Pareroniavaleria Not enlisted

13. Common emigrant Catopsiliapomona Not enlisted

Dragonflies

1. Red marsh trotter Trameabasilaris Not enlisted

2. Common clubtail Ictinogomphusrapax Not enlisted There are no protected areas in the vicinity of the project area. There are also no monuments of

historical and archaeological importance within the study area.

Aquatic Preamble

Plankton is an important component of ecosystem, which responds to ecosystem alterations rather

rapidly. It is due to the fact that planktonic organisms, which react to different types of water pollution,

play a key role in turnover of organic matter and energy through the ecosystem. This reaction is very

EIA REPORT



rapid because of relatively short lifetime and high reproduction rates of the organisms.

Water sample within 10km periphery were collected fromSabarmatiRiver. To enumerate

phytoplankton, unfiltered surface waters were collected from the water bodies. Phytoplankton

samples were immediately fixed after collection in Lugols Iodine solution so as to prevent adverse

effects of light and temperature which might cause rapid decay of organisms. Further microscopic

analysis was undertaken in laboratory. For zooplankton, desired volumes of water were filtered

through plankton net having mesh size of 75µ to represent all the available groups. Drop count

method for the analysis were followed, as prescribed in APHA (1995).

Phytoplankton

Amongst 5 groups, Chlorophyceae dominated over Cyanophyceae and Bacillariophyceae.

Euglenophyceae and Pyrophyceae were rarely present. Genera like, Anabaena sp., Phormidium,

&Oscillatoria from cyanophyceae and Spirogyra, Chlorella, Ankistrodesmus,Pediastrum,

Scenedesmus, Microspora, Cosmarium, Oedogonium, Sorastrum and Ulothrix from

Chlorophyceaewere dominant.

Zooplankton

Protozoa was dominant followed by Rotifera and Cladocera. Copepoda and Ostracoda were rarely

present. Genera like Daphnia, Moina, Keratella, Philudinaetc, besides Nauplius larva were

dominant.

3.15. Socioeconomic Environment Reconnaissance Reconnaissance has been done to assess socio-economic status in the study area. The study

area is rural however basic amenities were observed to be available.

Methodology

Detailed socio-economic data were collected within 10 km radius of the existing Project site.

Preliminary information was collected during field investigation followed by secondary data from the

census of India 2011.

Socioeconomic Assessment

Socio economic status of the population is the indicator of the change in the life style due to the

developmental activities taking place in the region. The villages which appears within the 10 km radius

from the centre of the proposed Project site are considered for socioeconomic study.

Demography

There are 30 villages in the study area. The demographic pattern of all the settlements as per 2011

census is given in Table 3.11

EIA REPORT



Figure 3.11. Villages within 10 km radius

Table 3.18 List of villages present in the study area

Sr.No

Name

Distancefrom

Directionfrom

1 Bakrol 1.98 NE

2 Gatral 2.13 WNW

3 Muvadi 6.93 NW

4 Undrel 5.36 ESE

5 Dhamtwan 1.68 S

6 Hathijan 7.02 SW

7 Dhamtwan Vanch road 2.49 SSW

8 Hirapur 5.75 SSW

9 Nandej 7.75 SSW

10 Badodara 7.03 SW

11 Chavlaj 7.85 SSW

12 Ranodra 7.80 ESE

13 Geratpur 9.74 SW

14 Harniyav 5.76 SSE

15 Bhuval 6.84 SSE

16 Jinjar 8.80 SSE

17 Raska 8.93 S

18 Bibipur 4.27 W

19 Memadpur 4.29 WNW

20 Kujad 3.74 NNE

EIA REPORT



21 Kanabha 4.43 N

22 Vanch 4.91 SW

23 Geratnagar 5.51 W

24 Bhuvaldi 6.24 N

25 Zanu 8.14 NNE

26 Kubadthal 7.48 NNE

27 Vadod 7.92 E

28 Kuha 7.98 ENE

29 Chosmiya 5.10 NW

30 Vinobanagar 8.74 WSW

Sex Ratio With regards to Sex Ratio in Ahmedabad, it stood at 904 per 1000 male compared to 2001 census

figure of 892. The average national sex ratio in India is 940 as per latest reports of Census 2011

Directorate. In 2011 census, child sex ratio is 857 girls per 1000 boys compared to figure of 836 girls

per 1000 boys of 2001 census data.

Population

According to the 2011 national census, the population of Ahmedabad was declared to be

7,214,225. This figure was only limited to the municipality region. The total population of the

Ahmedabad Urban Agglomeration (which also includes the region governed by AUDA) came to 7.2

million people. There were 886 females to every 1000 males in 2001. Now there are 904 women to

1000 men in 2011. Ahmedabad had a literacy rate of 79.89% in 2001 which rose to 89.62 percent

in 2011. Out of this, male and female literacy are 93.96 and 84.81 percent as of 2011 census.

According to the census for the ninth plan, there are 30737 rural families living in Ahmedabad. Out

of those, 5.41% (1663 families) live below the poverty line. There are 439,843 people who live in

slums in the city. The majority of residents of Ahmedabad are native Gujaratis and speak

Gujarati. There is also a sizable population of Punjabis, Marathis, Tamils, Sindhis,Malayalis and

Marwaris who bring in their native language and culture to the city. The government institutions and

military base near the city also bring peoples from across India. The city's population has

increased in a major way following increasing economic and modernization.

Literacy Average literacy rate of Ahmedabad in 2011 were 85.31 compared to 79.50 of 2001. If things are

looked out at gender wise, male and female literacy were 90.74 and 79.35 respectively. For 2001

census, same figures stood at 87.31 and 70.83 in Ahmedabad District. Total literate in

Ahmedabad District were 5,435,760 of which male and female were 3,025,463 and 2,410,297

respectively. In 2001, Ahmedabad District had 4,012,140 in its district. 3.16. Traffic survey

Reconnaissance The traffic survey, to ascertain the traffic density in the study area was conducted on the road near the

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ahmedabad�

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Literacy�

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Five-Year_Plans_of_India�

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Poverty_threshold�

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Poverty_threshold�

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Slum�

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gujarati_people�

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Punjabi_people�

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Marathi_people�

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tamil_people�

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sindhi_people�

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sindhi_people�

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Marwaris�

EIA REPORT



project site. The composite on of Traffic includes Two Wheelers, Three Wheelers (Goods & Passenger

Autos, Four Wheeler (Passenger Cars) and Four Wheeler Heavy Vehicles like Trucks, Lorries Busses

etc. The site is well connected with Ahmedabad-Vadodara Express Road and two lane Ahmedabad-

Vadodara State Road. The unit is SSI unit the impact of traffic due to the proposed project will be

negligible.

3.17. Site Photographs

North West

East Project Site

EIA REPORT



CHAPTER 4. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL

IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

4.1. Prelude

Prediction of environmental impacts is the most important component in the impact

assessment study, as it provides quantitative information on anticipated environmental

impacts from a project well in advance. Several mathematical/statistical techniques and

methodologies are available for predicting impacts from developmental projects on the

surrounding physicochemical, ecological and socio-economic components of environment.

The results obtained from the predictions are superimposed over the baseline data (pre-

project) to derive the ultimate (post-project) scenario of environmental quality status in the

study area around the proposed project site. The quantitative impacts derived from

predictions are also essential to delineate effective environmental management plan for

minimizing the adverse impacts on the surrounding environment during construction and

operation phases of the project.

The following sections identify the potential impacts on the environment from the proposed

project based on the nature and extent of the various activities associated with the project

implementation and operation, as well as the current status of the environmental quality at

the project site. Both beneficial (positive) and adverse (negative) impacts are considered.

4.2. Valued Environmental Components and Potential Impacts

The project activities will interact with various valued Environmental Components viz., air,

water, soil, land, flora & fauna, etc. The components that may be affected due to the

proposed manufacturing of synthetic organic Chemicals intermediates and require focused

evaluation are summarized in the following sub-sections, considering both construction

phase as well as operation phase of the project:

4.2.1. Potential Impacts during Project Operation

• Impact on Air Environment

• Impact on Noise Environment

• Impact on Water Environment

• Impact due to Solid Waste/ Hazardous Waste

• Impact on Terrestrial Ecology

• Impact on Land Environment

• Impact on Socio-economic Environment

EIA REPORT



4.3. Potential Impacts and Mitigation Measures during Construction phase

Construction activities normally spread over pre-construction, preparatory construction,

machinery installation and commissioning stages and end with the induction of manpower

andstart-up.

Preparatory construction phase mainly consists of transportation of machinery, equipment

andmaterials to the site for construction, clearing and leveling of land, construction of

foundations,buildings and approach roads.

Machinery installation and commissioning involve activities like fabrication work, cutting,

weldingand construction of buildings and other facilities, lying of cables and pipelines etc. It

involvestesting of plant for any type of leakages and designed capacity. The environmental

impactsalong with suggested mitigation measures have been presented in the following sub-

sections. The construction activities for the proposed project are limited only and for shorter

period.

EIA REPORT



4.3.1. Air Environment

Impact: The sources of air emission during construction phase will include site

clearing,vehicles movement, materials storages and handling and operation of construction

equipment.Emissions from them are expected to result in temporary degradation of air

quality, primarily in the working environment affecting construction employees. However, dust

generation and SPM rise in the ambient air will be coarse and will settle within a short

distance close to the construction sites. Hence, dust and other emissions are unlikely to

spread sufficiently to affect the surroundings of the construction site.

Traffic to the site during construction will be slightly more intensive than at present. The

present road conditions are good for the proposed additional movement of vehicular traffic.

Hence, the impacts on the ambient air quality during construction phase will be temporarily

for short duration and reversible in nature and restricted to small area.

Fugitive dust sources associated with construction phase include vehicular traffic generating

fugitive dust on paved and unpaved roads, aggregate material handling, and other aggregate

processing operations.

The emission of particulate matter during the construction phase will be generated from

the activities like receipt, transfer and screening of aggregate, road dust emissions, etc.

Mitigation Measures:

Dust Control

• Paving is an appropriate solution for access road to the project. Another appropriate use

of paving is for parking lots and for material storage areas, where gravel cover is not

adequate for dust control or erosion.

• Locally found gravels can also be applied to access roads and lots to add a protective

layer over the exposed soil and helps to control dust generation. However, gravels shall

contain a minimal percentage of fines and clean gravel shall be added periodically, as

the fines migrate to the surface and create dust.

• Water spray, through water trucks is an effective way to keep dust under control.

Sprinklers can also be employed to deliver continuous moisture in dust prone areas.

• High vehicle speeds increase the amount of fugitive dust created from unpaved areas.

Reducing the speed of a vehicle to 20 km/hr can reduce emissions by a large extent.

• Care shall be taken to keep all material storages adequately covered and contained so

that they are not exposed to situations, where winds on site could lead to dust/

particulate emissions. Fabrics and plastics for covering piles of soils and debris is an

effective means to reduce fugitive dust from the material stores/ warehouses.

• Spills of dirt or dusty materials shall be cleaned up promptly so that the spilled materials

EIA REPORT



do not become a source of fugitive emission.

• Spilled concrete slurries or liquid wastes shall be contained/ cleaned up immediately

before they can infiltrate into the soil/ ground or runoff in nearby areas.

Gaseous Emissions Control

• Regular maintenance of machinery and equipment will be carried out.

• All the vehicles used for construction activity shall be checked for “Pollution Under

Control‟ (PUC).

• Ambient air quality monitoring should be carried out during construction phase. If

monitored parameters are above the prescribed limits, suitable control measures must be

taken.

4.3.2. Noise Level

Impact: The general noise levels during construction phase viz., due to working of heavy

earthmoving equipment and machinery installation may sometimes go up to 90 dB(A) at the

worksites in day time. The workers in general are likely to be exposed to an equivalent noise

level of80-90 dB (A) in 8 hours shift for which all statutory precautions will be implemented.

The noise generation will be considerable during such type of large scale construction

activities. The impacts during construction phase are temporary and will be marginal.

Necessary mitigation measures are required to be implemented during construction period.

Typical Noise Sources during Construction Phase

Description Noise Level dB(A)

Earth Movers

• Front Loaders 72-84

• Backhoes 72-93

• Tractors 76-96

Material Handlers

• Concrete mixers 75-83

• Cranes (movable) 75-86

• Vehicular Traffic

• (Construction material & plant machinery)

85-98

Stationary Equipment

• DG Sets 90-95

• Compressors 74-86

Impact Based Equipment

• Pneumatic Wrenches 83-88

• Jack hammer 81-98

EIA REPORT



Mitigation Measures

There will be increase in ambient noise levels during the construction phase due to all

the project activities during construction phase, which will be temporary in nature and for

a shorter duration (i.e. construction phase). The measures described below will be able

to mitigate the noise levels generated at site:

• Provision of rubber padding/ noise isolators

• Provision of silencers to modulate the noise generated by machines.

• Provision of protective devices like ear muff/plugs to the workers.

• As far as possible no construction activities will be carried out during night time.

• Maintenance of construction equipment shall be done properly, which will be done by

provision in the various contracts with the contractors.

• Vehicular movement towards the construction sites shall be properly regulated to

minimize the air and noise pollution consequences.

• Movement of trucks shall be controlled during night time.

EIA REPORT



4.3.3. Water Resources & Quality

Impact:

During the construction phase of the project, total water requirement will be fulfilled from bore

well water supply. Waste water generated during construction phase will be mainly from

construction workers & domestic activities. Therefore, no long term adverse impact on water

quality (surface as well as ground) is anticipated during construction phase.


Construction Wastewater Management

Minimal quantity of wastewater will be generated during the construction phase of the

project. Water will be used only for curing of concrete, which will be absorbed by land or get

evaporated. Vitrified/ polished tiles will be used for flooring and hence no wash water will be

needed.

The potential negative impact is considered minor and has no long-term impact. Alkaline

wash water containing excessive amounts of cement will be made settle down and

neutralized before discharge. The overall impact on water environment during construction

phase due to the proposed project would be short term duration and insignificant. The

potential negative impact is considered minor and has no long-term impact. Alkaline wash

water containing excessive amounts of cement will be made settle down and neutralized

before discharge. The overall impact on water environment during construction phase due to

the proposed project would be short term duration and insignificant.

Sanitation

The construction work force will use the sanitation facility (Septic tank and Soak pit) in order

to maintain adequate hygienic conditions.

4.3.4. Land Environment

Impact:

• Soil around construction site, haulage road, and workshop areas, will get compacted due

to transportation of man, machine and materials.

• Soil may also get contaminated around construction site, machine maintenance area,

fuelling station and internal road construction material storage (not much involved) &

preparation site and haulage road.

• No soil erosion is anticipated due to the construction activities during the rainy season,

as the project site is a flat land.

EIA REPORT



• Road traffic will be increased during construction phase. There will not be increase in rail

and sea traffic during construction phase.

• However, as such, the operations do not require any major combustion source; hence

the impact on soil due to deposition of air pollutants shall be negligible.

• Soil quality will not be affected, as there will not be any disposal of untreated effluent on

land.


• To keep the damage to topsoil, minimum excavators shall be used for construction. The

excavated material such as topsoil shall be stacked at safe places for reuse at a later

stage of construction.

• Topsoil conserved during the construction phase shall be utilized for landscaping and

greenbelt development.

• Once the construction activities will be completed, there is no adverse impact envisaged

due to the operation of the plant. The greenbelt development and tree plantation will help

in enhancing the aesthetic value of the plant.

• During dry weather, control of the dust nuisance created by excavation, levelling, and

transportation activities shall be carried out by water sprinkling.

• Occasional & minor fuel / chemicals spills may occur. These will not affect water or land

because of appropriate flooring & presence of spill control procedures.

• Moreover all of the Hazardous wastes will be disposed-off as per guidance of

GPCB/CPCB or sold to the authorized vendors. Adequate precautions will be taken

during handling of such materials as per SOPs.

• Spill prevention and control plans shall be made, clearly stating measures to stop the

source of the spill, to contain the spill, to dispose the contaminated material and

hazardous wastes.

• The discharge of sewage/other effluents will be taken upon need basis, the quality of

effluent shall be maintained confirming to the stipulated CPCB/GPCB standards.

• The movement of construction vehicles, machinery and equipment shall be restricted to

the pre-defined haulage roads. The non-usable, non-saleable, non-hazardous

construction waste shall be dispose-off in the properly delineated places. Usable or

saleable waste shall not be disposed-off to landfill.

• All efforts shall be made to prevent soil contaminations and following measures shall be

taken to prevent the same:

o No fuelling/ repairing of vehicles at the project site is proposed, as the volume of construction activities is very limited and will be limited to the proposed project site.

EIA REPORT



o To avoid the soil contamination at the wash down areas, “oil interceptors” shall be

provided.

o The sewage stream will be sent to soak pit and septic tank.

4.3.5. Solid and Hazardous Waste

Impact:

During construction phase, solid waste such as excavated soil, debris, metal waste and oil &

grease from construction machines will be generated. This waste may contaminate soil at

plant site temporarily and will be restricted to a small area.

During the construction phase, hydraulic oil, fuels and lubricating oils will be used. There is

potential for accidental spills while re-fuelling or servicing vehicles and through the breakage

due to wear and tear. Procedures for maintenance of equipment will ensure that this risk is

minimized and cleanup response is rapid, if any spill occurs.

During construction phase, waste oil will be generated as and when lubricating oil is

changed. Waste oil will be collected through the drain ports and stored in leak proof steel

drums.

Hence, impacts will be insignificant, reversible and for short duration only. The impacts will

be confined to the construction site only.


The best option of its management is to reduce its generation at source with the help of

following good practices in construction management:

• Hazardous materials shall not be stored near surface waters and shall be stored in the

storage area designed as per CPCB guidelines for storage of hazardous waste with

leachate collection system.

• Delivery of material on site shall be done over impervious and level surface, so that first

batch of material does not mix with the site surface. Availability of covered storage would

be assured.

• The recyclable items like metal, plastic shall be sent to recyclable industry, and rest of

this scrap shall be stored in a covered area.

• Wherever materials (aggregates, sand, etc.) are more likely to generate fine airborne

particles during operations, nominal wetting by water shall be practiced. Workers / labour

shall be given proper air masks and helmets.

EIA REPORT



• Skilled labour and good workmanship is must for judicial utilization of materials and

minimizing the waste. The waste oil drums will be properly identified with label of what is

contained both in local language (Gujarati) and English. It will be mainly disposed-off by

selling to authorized recycler as per Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and

Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016.

• Municipal waste will be minimal as most of workforce will be from nearby areas. The

waste so generated will be collected and segregated and will be sent to municipal waste

disposal site allocated by the local administrative authorities.

• Rubbish, debris and bitumen wastes remaining after blacktop works shall be cleaned and

disposed off in a safe place.

4.3.6. Storage of Hazardous Materials/Dumping Materials

Impact:

No hazardous chemicals storage at project site is proposed during the construction phase.

Also a lot of material may be generated for disposal during construction activity. These, if

disposed off haphazardly can pollute the nearby water bodies adversely. They would

increase the accident incidences also.


Utmost care shall be taken to store these materials at a suitable place and then disposed off

at a place in consultation with and as per the guidelines of GPCB/CPCB.

4.3.7. Socio-Economic Environment

Impact:

All the activities to be carried out during the planning, and construction phases will require

skilled, semi-skilled and un-skilled labours, hence creating temporary employment for the

local people. The workforce required during the construction phase will be depending upon

construction activities. Thus, impact on the physical and aesthetic resources will be minimal.

Further, local skilled, semiskilled and unskilled labourers will get direct and indirect

employment during the construction phase. This might also result in a steep rise in

agricultural wages in the surrounding villages, especially at the time of harvesting for short

duration. Hence, the short-term positive impacts on socio-economic conditions of the area

are anticipated during the construction phase.

Mitigation Measures: Short term positive impacts will result in better quality of life. The project

proponent/contractors shall ensure that most of the workforce shall be engaged from the

nearby villages/ town.

EIA REPORT



4.3.8. Site Security and Safety

Impact:

A construction site forms a potentially hazardous environment due to the various

construction activities, involvement of heavy construction machinery, vehicular movement

etc. Any accident happens in the project site can affect the construction workers. No

hazardous chemicals storage at project site is proposed during the construction phase.


• To ensure that the surrounding population is not exposed to these hazards, the site shall

be properly secured by fencing and also guards shall be posted at entry points.

• First aid facilities shall be provided at different locations for immediate assistance in case

of emergencies and accidents.

• Important information about nearby hospitals, fire stations, police station etc. should be

kept available in the first aid centre for speedy action at the time of emergency.

• In case inflammable materials to be kept at the site, they shall be stored and handled in

accordance with guidelines of Inspectorate of Safety and Health of the State and Central

Governments.

• Fire extinguishers shall be located at all vulnerable sites.

4.3.9. Health and well-being of Construction Workers

Mitigation Measures: The objective is to ensure health and safety of the workers during construction, with effective

provisions for the basic facilities of sanitation, drinking water, safety of equipment or

machinery etc. Following are the measures, which needs to be followed for a better working

environment:

• Comply with the safety procedures, norms and guidelines (as applicable) as outlines in

the Constructional Practices and Safety, 2005, National Building Code of India, Bureau of

Indian Standards.

• Clean drinking water shall be provided to all the workers.

• Proper sanitation facility will be provided for the workers working during the construction

phase.

• All parts of the dangerous machinery shall be guarded. • Protective equipment, helmets etc. shall be provided to the construction workers.

• Sufficient and suitable light for working during night time shall be provided.

• Dangers, health hazards, and measures to protect workers from materials of

construction, transportation, storage etc. shall be briefed to the workers and also

information about these shall be displayed in the areas.

EIA REPORT



• Training module on construction safety shall be prepared and impart training to

the construction workers.

4.4. Potential Impacts and Mitigation Measures during Operation phase

Some of the potentially significant environmental impacts from the proposed project will be

in Water environment, Land environment, Air environment, Soild- Hazardous waste, Soil

quality, socio-economics, Ecology &biodiversity, Odour problem and Energy conservation.

4.4.1. Air Environment

Air environment is likely to be affected due to emissions from combustion of fuels used

in machineries, vehicles, Boiler and DG Set. Point and non point source of pollutants

will be there which may cause serious threat to the air quality and it can result in many

secondary impacts like occupation & social health, corrosion of metallic structures of area

etc.


• DG set will be operated as a power back-up only.

• Stack of adequate height as per CPCB norms will be erected.

• Periodical monitoring will be carried out.

• To control the fugitive emission proper practices regular maintenance of plant

and similar measures will be practiced for proposed project.

• Scrubber is installed for process emissions. Another scrubber will also be installed

for further project.

The air quality impacts have been predicted for the proposed plant assuming baseline

air quality. Site-specific meteorological parameters have been recorded by continuous

monitoring. Short term 24 hourly GLC's incremental values were estimated using the

site- specific meteorological conditions.

Model and Methodology for Computation

AERMOD View – Lake Environmental Software, which is a Gaussian-Plume

atmospheric dispersion algorithm for estimating concentration of pollutant, has been

used to predict the Ground Level Concentrations (GLC’s) of PM10, SO2 and NOx due to

proposed plant activity. The GLC’s were predicted on 24 hourly average basis

keeping in view the prescribed national ambient air quality standards (NAAQS).

Data used for Modeling

The hourly meteorological data along with emission rate for individual pollutants used for

prediction of air quality impacts as given in chapter 2 has been taken into consideration.

EIA REPORT



4.4.1.1 Ground level conc. for PM10

The predicted concentrations of PM10 for the study period are shown below

Table 4.1 Ground level concentration of PM10 in µg/m3

Sr.

No.

Name of Village Distance &

Direction

Predicted

GLC

µg/m3

Baseline result

(Avg.) µg/m3

Incremental

result after

development

of Project

1 Project Site - 59.1 59.1

2 Bakrol 1.98km 0.050 53 53.050

3 Gatral 2.13km 0.010 56 56.010

4 Muvadi 6.93km 0.015 54.4 54.415

5 Undrel 5.36km 0.054 56 56.054

6 Dhamtwan 1.68km 0.008 56.6 56.608

7 Hathijan 7.02km 0.014 61.2 61.214

8

Dhamtwan

Vanch Road

2.49km 0.005 52.9 52.905

Figure 4.1 Ground level concentration of PM 10

EIA REPORT



4.4.1.2 Ground level conc. for SO2

The predicted concentrations of SO2 for the study period are shown below:

Table 4.2 Ground level concentration of SO2 in µg/m3

Sr. No.

Name of Village

Distance & Direction

Predicted GLC

µg/m3

Baseline result (Avg.) µg/m3

Incremental result after

development of Project

1 Project Site - 8 8

2 Bakrol 1.98km 0.004 6 6.004

3 Gatral 2.13km 0.002 4 4.002

4 Muvadi 6.93km 0.003 6 6.003

5 Undrel 5.36km 0.005 5 5.005

6 Dhamtwan 1.68km 0.001 5 5.001

7 Hathijan 7.02km 0.0032 15 15.0032

8 Dhamtwan Vanch

Road

2.49km 0.0015 10 10.0015

Figure 4.2 Ground level concentration of SO2

EIA REPORT



4.4.1.3 Ground level conc. for NOx

The predicted concentrations of NOx for the study period are shown below;

Table 4.3 Ground level concentration of NOx in µg/m3

Sr.

No.

Name of Village

Distance &

Direction

Predicted

GLC

µg/m3

Baseline

result (Avg.)

µg/m3

Incremental result

after development

of Project

1 Project Site - 19 19

2 Bakrol 1.98km 0.007 16 16.007

3 Gatral 2.13km 0.002 14 14.002

4 Muvadi 6.93km 0.003 16 16.003

5 Undrel 5.36km 0.008 14 14.008

6 Dhamtwan 1.68km 0.001 15 15.001

7 Hathijan 7.02km 0.002 24 24.002

7 Dhamtwan Vanch

Road

2.49km 0.0015 14 14.0015

EIA REPORT



Figure 4.3 Ground level concentration of NOx

EIA REPORT



4.4.2. Noise Environment

Impact:

Operational phase impacts will mainly result from the operation of compressor and transfer

pumps. Noise level near the compressor has been predicted to exceed 75 dB(A), therefore

site workers shall be provided with personal protective equipments (PPEs). Also, it has been

envisaged that noise impacts on local community due to proposed project activities will be

insignificant as noise levels of less than 45 dB(A) have been predicted at a distance of one

kilometer the impacts will be insignificant. Noise may also be generated due to movement of

heavy vehicles, medium vehicles and automobiles during operational phase. However, it has

been envisaged that increase in noise impacts due to vehicular movement will be temporary

and marginal to be considered for their impacts on nearby human settlement.


• Rubber pads or any other noise absorbing materials will be provided around noise

generating sources like pumps and blowers etc.

• Workers will be provided with PPEs like ear plugs, ear mufflers etc.

• Periodic maintenance of machinery shall be undertaken to reduce the noise impact.

• In case of Power failure, DG sets will be used with acoustic enclosures.

• Sufficient green area will be maintained in & around the project site, which will act as

a noise barrier.

4.4.3. Water Environment

Total water requirement of the project for domestic & Industrial activity during operation

phase will be 41 KLD. Water requirement for the industrial purpose will be 36 KLD, for

the domestic purpose will be 3 KLD. Main source of water supply is takers. Wastewater

generated from domestic activities (2.4KLD) and industrial activity (18 KLD). Total

wastewater will be 20.4 KLD. Domestic wastewater will be disposed of through Soak

Pit/Septic tank and the industrial effluent will be treated in ETP and passed through the

R.O. system. The R. O. permeate will be reused in process again and R.O. rejecy will be

evaporated by spray dryer in premises to aintain the Zero liquid discharge system.

4.4.4. Storm Water

Impact: The rainwater from the building roofs, paved areas and other areas will be directed

through closed pipeline to natural drainage.


It will be ensuring that no plant area water get mixed with storm water drain. Surface run-off

from the site is channelized through storm water drains and treated in ETP.

EIA REPORT



4.4.5. Surface Water Quality

Impact: It is proposed to treat all the industrial wastewater generated from the proposed

plant will be treated inhouse ETP and maintain the zero liquid discharge system. Hence,

proposed project will not have any impact on surface water resources.

4.4.6. Land Environment

Impact: During operation, phase spillage or leakage in any form may destroy the quality of soil

around the plant. Impact of chemicals will be taken into consideration while handling

materials. Every precaution will be taken to prevent spillage. Solid wastes will be segregated

and handed over to authorized vendor. Thus, no significant impact is envisaged on soil

environment.


The green area development and tree plantation will help in enhancing the aesthetics of the

plant.

4.4.7. Solid and Hazardous Waste

Wastes like process waste and organic waste are to be separately collected & sent for safe

disposal or sold to the authorized vendor. The final hazardous wastes from the plant as

classified under Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary

Movement) Rules, 2016 will be disposed off in the common hazardous waste secured landfill

site or send to the authorized vendors/to the authorized recycler.


Hazardous waste generated from the facility shall be disposed off in suitable manner as per

the Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules,

2016. The hazardous wastes generated such as used oil, ETP Sludge and Discarded

containers generated from the proposed project shall be collected and shall be sold to the

authorized recyclers or CHWTSDF site or authorized vendor identified by the

GPCB/CPCB. Authorization from GPCB has already taken for Hazardous Waste disposal

to authorized vendor. Solid waste management includes following:

• Measures to minimize waste generation

• Operation of waste handling, treatment and disposal facilities

The hazardous solid wastes generated from the proposed projectwill be sent to disposal site

as per GPCB/CPCB guidelines. The waste management plan includes:

EIA REPORT



• Waste inventory

• Classification of waste

• Packaging, storing and transporting wastes to disposal site

• Data management and reporting

• Contingency plan

• Personnel training

• Waste minimization

The requirements, which will be specified in the Authorization from GPCB, will be followed.

The manifest system will also be implemented for control and record keeping.

Resource Conservation/ Waste Minimization:

The unit shall also implement the concept of waste minimization circle including:

• Volatiles in the by-products will be condensed and reused. • Volatile raw materials and solvents will be separated by fractional distillation and will

be recycled into process.

Good House Keeping:

Proper housekeeping practices make the system easier and less costly. Some of these are

as follows: • Solid wastes generated from the process and packaging are to be separately

collected and disposed off instead of allowing these to join effluent streams. This will

reduce load and increase the efficiency of treatment system.

• Liquid wastes from various sections such as scrubbing facility, recovery and

purification of final product shall be collected and stored separately and released at a

regulated rate so as to avoid shock loads to the treatment plant.

Minimizing Solid Wastes Disposal:

The following points are suggested to facilitate solid wastes disposal:

• Efficient collection and transportation mechanism for disposal of solid wastes.

• Search for future recycling schemes and evaluate their worth and implement such

schemes wherever a promise of economic feasibility exists.

Discarded Container/ Barrels/ Liners Management:

• Discarded containers/ barrels will be kept at a designated place with paved surface.

These will be decontaminated (washed/cleaned) and after that will be stored in the

designated area in storage yard. Later on these will be sold to the authorized

EIA REPORT



vendors/ recyclers as per the Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and


• The record of discarded containers/ barrels stored in storage yard will be maintained

and inventory of their selling to the registered recyclers will be maintained.

4.4.8. Socio-Economic Environment

Impact:

The proposed project will have some positive impact on the industrial growth in the region. It

is anticipated that during the operation phase, the proposed project will generate some direct

and indirect employment due to different activities.

Mitigation Measures: The overall project will have a long term benefit and hence no mitigation measure is

required. However, as per the skills, prefe\rence to local people shall be given in

employment.

EIA REPORT



4.4.9. Ecology and Biodiversity

Impact:

The project activity does not require tree cutting during land clearing and the plant activities

are not expected to have any impact on the ecology and biodiversity.


A total of 492.7 m2 area has been earmarked for greenbelt development, which will help in

development of biodiversity. The indigenous plants are planted along with ornamental

trees/shrubs to provide an aesthetic environment within and around the plant. The

maintenance of the greenbelt developed will be ensured and survival rate of the plants will

also be studied every half yearly. Treated water will be used for greenbelt development.

4.4.10. Odour Problem

Impact:

Some of the processes and wastes generated from the plant may release high odour.

Undesirable odour contributes to air quality concerns and affect human lifestyles. On the

economic front, loss of property value near odour-causing operations/industries and odorous

environment is partly a consequence of offensive odour. Odour is undoubtedly the most

complex of all the air pollution problems. Mainly odour generated by the industries varies

enormously since they can be generated during the production, processing, or even in the

waste water treatment areas of the plants.


Control of VOCs and fugitive Emissions:

• Sampling points will be provided with double valve followed by suction hoods which

will be connected to ducting system leading to scrubbing system.

• Odour causing raw materials will be charged in closed chambers with exhaust of

chambers connected to ducting system leading to scrubbing system.

• All waste storage tanks and waste preparation and raw material storage tanks will be connected to vacuum system. These off gases will be connected to scrubbers.

Additional Measures

• “Odour rounds” by non-plant personnel will hold regular meetings and odour rounds

in the factory premises for ensuring effective implementation of odour control

measures.

• As a long term measure to improve the environment, plantation of trees within factory

EIA REPORT



premises as well as along the nearby roads is done.

• All critical vessels, pumps and reactors which have potential to generate odour will

be fitted with mechanical seals to prevent leakage and therefore odour.

• De-odorizer solution will be sprayed through special network, which will be laid

around the plant. It will help in neutralizing the fugitive emissions.

• Beneath all sample points/ drain points, spill control powder containing trays will be

kept so as to adsorb even slightest of leakage, if at all arises from these points. The

spill control powder will then be sent for disposal as a solid waste.

4.4.11. Energy Conservation

During the operation phase of the project, energy resources will be required for operating

various pumping machineries for water & wastewater, internal road lighting, common utilities

etc.

The following options can be used for energy conservation:

• Energy efficient machineries shall be used during operation phase as per Energy

Conservation Building Code 2007.

• Wherever possible in the plant, utilization of renewable sources of energy for

conservation of non-renewable sources of energy shall be ensured.

• Sufficient care shall be taken to prevent/ minimize energy losses at each stage of

development.

• Every year energy audit shall be conducted through competent authority nominated

by Govt. of India.

4.4.12. Safety Provisions

• All the provisions as per the Factories Act, 1948, Manufacture, Storage and Import of

Hazardous Chemicals (MSIHC) Rules, 1989 and amendments thereafter and also,

the Hazardous and Other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement)

Rules, 2016 to be followed.

• M/s Aditya color chem will provide transport facility for occupational health care at the

premises.

EIA REPORT



CHAPTER 5. ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES

5.1. Introduction

It is the best practice that the EIA should consider project alternatives and their relative

potential impact on the environment. Alternatives must, however, be both practical and

reasonable, within the overall constraints of the proposed project development. The project

alternative is the way of action in pace of another, that would meet the same purpose and

need, but which would avoid or minimize negative impacts and enhance project benefits.

Project activities may consume natural resources and discharge wastes, which are likely to

have serious consequence to the environment. A number of alternative options may be

available to carry out many of these activities. An option with least or nil adverse

environment impacts is to be selected. Critical analysis is therefore required for selection of

the right alternative. Alternative Analysis (AA) has been done for critical aspects of the

project.

M/s Aditya color chem has proposed for manufacturing capacity of synthetic organic Dyes

at the existing facility. While selecting this site for manufacturing of new products, Aditya

color chem has considered following factors:

5.2. Analysis of Site Alternative

The project is in proximity of Ahmedabad district of Gujarat State. Site is located near the

Ahmedabad – Mumbai National Highway (NH-8). Proponent is very well familiar with the

surrounding environment project; therefore, it becomes easy for the unit to expand the

production capacity on above said location.

The other supporting features are briefly summarized hereunder,

• Availability of all basic facilities like infrastructure, communication, Transportation,

medical facilities, fuel, water, power, unskilled & skilled manpower, raw materials, road

network etc.

• Nearest town Daskroi is 5.0 km away from the project site, which are very well

connected with other parts of the country by road & rail;

• Minimal additional construction or plant/ equipment/ machinery are required for

proposed and addition of new products.

• As the proposed project is an project, there is no Rehabilitation & Resettlement

involved;

EIA REPORT



• Easy availability of manpower for proposed activities. The location of project is best

suited to start above manufacturing activities, so no alternative for site is analyzed.

5.3. Analysis of Alternative for technologies

Alternatives for technologies considered are mentioned in the table, given below:

Table 5.1 Alternatives for technologies

Particular Proposed Technology Alternatives

Water ETP (Primary Treatment and dispose to CETP) - Air Two Stage (Water Scrubber Followed By Alkali

Scrubber) -

Solid/ Hazardous waste TSDF Membership certificates get after EC. -

EIA REPORT



CHAPTER 6. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

PROGRAME

6.1. Environmental Monitoring Programme

Environmental Monitoring describe the processes and activities that need to take place to

characterize and monitor the quality of the environment. Environmental Monitoring is used in

the preparation of the environmental impact assessment, as well as in many circumstances in

which human activities carry a risk of harmful effects on the natural environment. All

monitoring strategies and programs have reasons and justifications which are often designed

to establish the current status of an environment and prediction of the impact of future

development and/or alteration in the operation and design of existing installation.

Environmental Monitoring Network is operation phase of the project for monitoring of various

Environmental parameters like air, water, Noise, soil etc.

M/s Aditya Color chem located at Plot No.66-70,Rudra Industrial Park Bakrol, Village: Bakrol

(Bujrang), Tal: Daskroi: Ahmedabad, Gujarat 382210.Usually, as in the case of the

present study, an impact assessment study is carried out over a short period of time and

the data cannot bring out all variations induced by natural or by human activities.

Environmental Monitoring Program will be modified as per requirement after the proposed at

the plant.

6.2. Objectives of Monitoring

• To comply with the statutory requirements of monitoring for compliance with conditions

of EC, NOC and CC&A.

• To comply with the provision of factory Act.

• To verify the result of the impact assessment study in particular with regards to new

development.

• Identification of any significant adverse transformation in environmental condition to

plan additional mitigation measures; if & as required.

• To check or assess the efficiency of the controlling measures.

• To ensure that new parameters, other than those identified in the impact assessment

study, do not become critical through the commissioning of new project.

• To establish a data base for future impact assessment studies for new project.

6.3. Environmental Monitoring Program

Environmental Monitoring should be carried out during construction and operation phase of

the project.

EIA REPORT



Monitoring and Reporting Procedure

Regular monitoring of important and crucial environmental parameters is of immense

importance to assess the status of the environment during an operational phase. With the

knowledge of baseline condition, the monitoring program can serve as an indicator for any

deterioration in environmental conditions due to operational phase and suitable mitigation

steps could be taken in time to safeguard the environment. Monitoring is as important as that

of control of pollution since the efficiency of control measures can only be determined by

monitoring. The proposed monitoring program gives below:

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring

Both ambient air quality and stack emission will be monitored. The ambient air quality with

respect to NOx, SO2, suspended particulate matter (PM10 and PM2.5) will be monitored in at

least 3-5 location in and around the project site through a reputed environmental laboratory

recognized by MoEF/NABL. Monitoring will be carried out for quarterly in operation phase.

Similarly, all the stacks in the proposed unit will be monitored once in three months with

respect to NOx, SO2, Suspended particulate matter (SPM) and Carbon Monoxide (CO) level.

Waste water monitoring

The wastewater emanating from the different stream of industry will be monitored once in a

month for physico-chemical characteristics. Ground water monitoring locations will be

identified and periodically check the Physical, chemical as well as biological parameter as per

drinking water standard IS: 10500:2012.

Noise level monitoring

Monitoring of the noise level is essential to assess the effectiveness of Environmental

Management Plan implemented to reduce noise levels. A good quality sound level meter and

noise exposure meter may be procured for the same. Audiometric tests shall be conducted

periodically for the employees working close to the high noise sources. The noise levels due

to machines and equipments will be monitored regularly.

6.3.1. Monitoring Equipment and Consumables

A well-equipped laboratory with consumable items will be provided for monitoring of important

environmental parameters. Alternatively, monitoring can be outsourced from MoEF/NABL

recognized laboratory.

Table 6.1 Environmental Monitoring Plan (During Operational Phase)

Component Parameters Location Frequency Duration

Ambient Air Quality

PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx (Process

Minimum 3-5 locations with one

Quarterly 24 hrs

EIA REPORT



Component Parameters Location Frequency Duration

specific

pollutants)+

on upwind side,

one on downwind

and one on lateral

side and one at

project site.

Point Source

Emissions

Particulates, SO2,

NOx,

Each stack – for

flue gas and

process emissions

Quarterly As per the CPCB

guidelines

Noise level Leq day, Leq night,

L10, L50, L90

dB(A)

In and around the

work zone

Quarterly 24 hour reading

with a frequency of

10 minutes

every hour

Soil Quality Physico-chemical

characteristics

At relevant

locations

Quarterly Sample every

season

Ecology Survival rate of

plantation

At locations of

compensatory

plantation and

landscaping

Annually For 3 years after

operation starts

Health All relevant

parameters

- Once in a Year As per

requirement

Solid waste Depending on

type of wastes

Solid waste

disposal location

Once during

each season

One-time sample

Ground &

Drinking

water

As per IS: 10500 Adjoining village Quarterly At least at three

locations.

6.3.2. Environmental Budget

For environment protection, management, pollution control, treatment, and monitoring

systems, appropriate budgetary provision would be made and provision for recurring

expenditure for environment management of the project would be made. The detail of

budget allocation during operation phase is given in below table:

EIA REPORT



Table 6.2 Budget Allocation for Environmental Management

Operation Phase

S.

No. Pollution Control Measures Capital Cost (Rs, Cr)

Recurring Cost per

annum (Cr)

1 Air Pollution Control 0.10 0.03

2 Water Pollution Control 0.50 0.05

3 Noise Pollution Control 0.10 0.01

4 Environment Monitoring and

Management 0.01 0.01

5 Rain Water Harvesting 0.02 0.002

6 Occupational Health 0.01 0.01

7 Green Belt 0.02 0.002

8 Laboratory and chemicals 0.03 0.003

Total 0.79 0.117

6.3.3. Emission Monitoring & Evaluation

• To achieve standard pollution emission limit suggested by pollution control board,

periodic correction and maintenance of Pollution control equipment will be carried

out and it will be followed by standard operating system concern with safety

precaution of workers.

• Each stack will be design as per CPCB guideline for proper dispersion of

pollutants.

6.3.4. In House Capabilities for EMS Monitoring

• Daily waste water samples will be collected and analyzed from ETP to check

efficiency of ETP through In-house Laboratory.

• Periodic Monitoring of Air & Water will be done by MoEF/NABL recognized

laboratory.

EIA REPORT



CHAPTER 7. ADDITIONAL STUDIES

General:

This chapter includes additional studies such as Public Consultation, Risk Ananlysis & Other

studies.

7.1. Public Consultation

As per the provision of Notification No.S.O.1533 dated 14th September, 2006 and its

subsequent amendment S.O. 3067 (E) dated 1st

1. The District Collector Office, Ahmedabad

December, 2009, issued by the Ministry of

Environment and Forests & Climate Change, Government of India, New Delhi, Public Hearing

was conducted for the Proposed Project for manufacturing of Synthetic Organic Dyes (1)

Powder Dyes @ 40 MT/M (2) Liquid Dyes @ 90 MT/M; Total Capacity @ 130 MT/M at Plot

No.66-70,Rudra Industrial Park Bakrol, Village: Bakrol (Bujrang), Tal: Daskroi: Ahmedabad,

Gujarat 382210, covered under “Category A” of the schedule 5(f) of the above referred

Notification.

A copy of the draft Environment Impact Assessment Report and the summary of Environment

Impact Assessment Report were sent to the following authorities or offices to make available

the draft EIA report for inspection to the public during normal office hours, till the Public

Hearing is over.

2. District Development Office, Ahmedabad

3. District Industry Centre, Ahmedabad

4. Taluka Development Office, Tal: Daskroi, Dist.: Ahmedabad

5. Additional Principal Chief Conservator of Forests (C), Ministry of Environment, Forest &

Climate Change, Government of India, Regional Office (West Zone), Kendriya Paryavaran

Bhavan, E-5, Arera Nagar, Link Road-3, Ravishankar Nagar, Bhopal - 462016.

6. Regional Office, GPCB, Ahmedabad (East), Ground Floor, Shop No.1, Om Shantinagar 3+,

Near Devi Ma Temple, Village: Vatva, Ta: Daskroi, Dist: Ahmedabad.

Other concerned persons having plausible stake in environmental aspects were requested to

send their responses in writing to the concerned regulatory authorities.

The Public Hearing was scheduled on 26/06/2018 at 10:00 Hrs. at Plot No.: 123-124, Rudra

Industrial Park, Village: Bakrol (Bujrang), Taluka: Daskroi, Dist: Ahmedabad.

An advertisement in English was published in “Times of India” dated 16/05/2018 and in

Gujarati language in “Sandesh” dated 16/05/2018.

Shri Rajendra Sarvaiya, Additional District Magistrate, Ahmedabad supervised and presided

over the entire public hearing proceedings.

EIA REPORT



The copy of public hearing proceedings attached as Public Hearing Documents as separate

file.

Copy of the Advertisement Figure No. 7.1 Advertisement in newspapers

Times of India (16/05/2018) Sandesh (16/05/2018)

The statement showing issues/suggestions/objections/opinion raised by the participants

during public hearing and responded to by the representative of the applicant during the

Public Hearing are as presented in table 7.1.

Table 7.1. Issues raised by participants & its reply by Project Proponent

Sr. No.

Name and Address

Point Represented Replies from Project Proponent

1 Shri Dashrath Popatbhai Dabhi Village: Bakrol (Bujrang)

• Due to this project, there will be pollution in surrounding area. Hence, this project shall not come on this location.

• There will be not be any industrial wastewater discharge as entire effluent will be evaporated. So there will be no wastewater discharge in any form.

2 Shri Vishnubhai Bharwad Village: Ramol

• Mode of wastewater disposal.

• Concern about school children and villagers due to the movement of vehicles from proposed unit.

• There will be not be any industrial wastewater discharge as entire effluent will be evaporated. So there

EIA REPORT



will be no wastewater discharge in any form. Thus it will be Zero Liquid Discharge (ZLD).

• There will be maximum two numbers of heavy vehicles will pass from village daily. Vehicle movement will be done during odd hours.

3 Shri Akash Desai Talati Village: Bakrol (Bujrang)

• Measurement of proposed plot area shall be done through gram panchayat.

• Necessary permissions for construction shall be obtained from local authority such as gram pachayat & taluka panchayat.

• In surrounding area; agricultural land is existing, but this is Zero Liquid Discharge project, so there is no objection.

• We will assessment as per the prevailing rules of land acts from local as well as district authorities.i.e. gram panchayat & taluka level.

• Presently there is no construction activity has been started on plot. As and when construction activity starts, necessary permissions will be obtained from all concerned authorities.

4 Shri Rajesh Ramanbhai Patel Deputy Sarpanch Village: Bakrol (Bujrang)

• Why does this unit requires public hearing for proposed project.

• Due to this project, there will be pollution in surrounding area. Hence, this project shall not come on this location.

• As per EIA notification dated 14/09/2006, Public hearing is mandatory for the products falls under category 5(f), outside notified area.

• There will be not be any industrial wastewater discharge as entire effluent will be evaporated. So there will be no wastewater discharge in any form

EIA REPORT



7.2. Risk Assessment

Accidental risk involves the occurrence or potential occurrence of some accident consisting

of an event or sequence of events resulting into fire, explosion or toxic hazards to human

health and environment.

The hazard potential and estimation of consequences in case of its accidental release are

the issues of immediate relevance to be considered. It is therefore, imperative to carry out

Maximum Credible Accident (MCA) analysis at the first stage, which identifies vulnerable

areas around the facility and suggests a set of recommendations to improve safety.

The work undertaken consists of the following stages:

• Collection of relevant data on project description and proposed activities.

7.2.1. Hazard Identification& Risk Assessment (HIRA)

The regulations require the employer, in consultation with employees, to identify:

a. All reasonably foreseeable hazards that may cause a major accident; and

b. The kinds of major accidents that may occur, the likelihood of a major accident

occurring and the likely consequences of a major accident.

HIRA must address potentially rare events and situations that ensure the full range of major

accidents and their causes. To achieve this, employers should:

a. Identify and challenge assumptions and existing norms of design and operation to

test whether they may contain weaknesses;

b. Think beyond the immediate experience.

c. Recognise that existing controls and procedures cannot always be guaranteed to

work as expected; and learn lessons from similar organisations and businesses.

The HIRA worksheet is presented as below

EIA REPORT



Table 7.2. Hazards and Risk Assessment Worksheet:

Hazard Description Consequences 1. Unloading of raw materials

from Trucks. 1. Fall of material causing injury to person. 2. Leakage/Spillage of chemical causing fire & explosion in

case of flammable chemicals. 3. Exposure to hazardous chemicals such as carcinogenic may

lead to health hazards. 4. Ergonomic hazards in case of manual handling of materials

2. Store of Raw Material. 1. Spillage & Leakage 2. Fire & Explosion 3. Fall of containers if stacked high. 4. Inhalation of chemicals.

3. Transportation of solvents/chemicals to production area

1. Spill & leak 2. Inhalation of vapours. 3. Fire & Explosion 4. Ergonomichazards to person 5. Chemical/Solvent splash.

4. Charging of Raw Material in to reactors.

1. Fire & Explosion due to static 2. Inhalation of Vapour. 3. Physical Injury 4. Spill & Leak

5. Boarding & packing of the Finished product

1. Inhalation of Vapour.

6. Movement of Trucks 1. Hit & run over by Truck (Facility). 2. Properly Damage due to hitting of moving trucks. 3. Fire inside trucks cabin 4. Traffic Hazardous.

Considering the risk with the activities, company will provide the followings in order to

mitigate the risk:

1. Ventilation system

2. Fire Extinguishers

3. Summary of MSDS of chemicals will be displayed.

4. Spill control kit

5. Smoke detectors

6. Training to employees

7. Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)

8. Display of cautionary Signboard

9. Dust collection system

10. Speed limit policy within plant area

EIA REPORT



7.3. Disaster Management Plan

7.3.1. Introduction to Disaster Management Plan

The various controls including engineering, procedural and administrative are provided to

control the manufacturing activities at the industries; however, things may go wrong even

with the best arrangements. The Disaster Management Plan is prepared to control and

minimize the effect of any emergency which may occur within the industrial premises

affecting the employees or the people in the surrounding; it may also affect the environment.

The disaster/emergency may arise as a natural calamity such as Floods, Earthquakes, etc.

or may be a Man-Made Disaster such as a Leakage/Spillage of Hazardous

Chemicals/Gases or Fire and Explosion.

A Disaster Management Plan is an action plan drawn to fix responsibility and actions to be

taken by various groups to contain the disaster/emergencyincident within shortest possible

time and with minimum losses to people, material, property and environment.

It is the responsibility of the establishment/industry that the disaster/emergency plan is

widely circulated for benefit / training of all the employees within the premises and the

individuals residing in the surrounding areas of the premises It is the responsibility of all the

individuals in their respective areas to ensure the success of this plan.

7.3.1.1. Objective The main objectives of preparing the On Site / Off Site Emergency Plan are:

1. To define and assess emergencies, including risk and environmental impact

assessment.

2. To establish the procedures to handle emergency situation that may arise due to spillage

and fire while handling plant & equipment.

3. To control and contain incidents within shortest possible time and to restore normalcy.

4. To safeguard employees and people in vicinity and to minimize damage/loss to property

or/and the environment.

5. To inform employees, the general public and the authority about the hazards/risks

assessed, safeguards provided, residual risk if any and the role to be played by them in

the event of emergency.

6. To be ready for 'mutual aid' if need is arised to help neighboring unit. Normal jurisdiction

of an OEP is the own premises only, but looking to the time factor in arriving the external

help or off-site plan agency; the jurisdiction must be extended outside to the extent

possible in case of emergency occurring outside.To establish procedures to appraise

District Administration / Civil authorities/ and mutual aid centres etc. in order to ensure

7. prompt relief for execution of Emergency Response Plan.

EIA REPORT



8. To secure the safe rehabilitation of affected areas and to restore normalcy.

9. To provide authoritative information to the news media.

10. To preserve records, equipments etc., and to organize investigation into the cause of the

emergency and preventive measures to stop its recurrence.

11. To ensure safety of the works before personnel re-enter and resume work.

12. To work out a plan with all provisions to handle emergencies and to provide for

emergency preparedness and the periodical rehearsal of the plan.

EIA REPORT



7.3.1.2. Definition

An emergency could be defined as any situation which presents a threat to safety of

persons or/and property. It may require outside help also.

A major emergency occurring at a work is one which may affect one or several sections of

the plant and possibly extend beyond the factory boundaries that may cause serious injuries,

loss of life, and extensive damage to property or serious disruption outside the works. It will

require the use of outside resources to handle it effectively.

Disaster is a catastrophic situation in which the day-to-day patterns of life are, in many

instances, suddenly disrupted and people are plunged into helplessness and suffering and

as a result need protection, clothing, shelter, medical and social care and other necessities

of life, such as -

1. Disasters resulting from natural phenomena like earthquakes volcanic eruptions, storm,

surges, cyclones, tropical storms, floods, landslides, forest fires and massive insect

infestation. Also in this group, violent drought which will cause a creeping disaster

landing to famine, disease and death must be included.

2. Second group includes disastrous events occasioned by man, or by man's impact upon

the environment, such as armed conflict, industrial accidents, factory fires, explosions

and escape of toxic gases or chemical substances, river pollution, mining or other

structural collapses; air, sea, rail and road transport accidents, aircraft crashes, collisions

of vehicles carrying inflammable liquids, oil spills at sea, and dam failures.

The on-site emergency plan deals with measures to prevent and control emergencies

within the factory and not affecting outside public or environment.

The off-site emergency plan will deal with measures to prevent and control emergencies

affecting public and the environment outside the premises. The manufacturer should provide

the necessary information on the nature, extent and likely effects of such incidents.

Level of disasters

The NDMA Guidelines categorize the levels of disasters, based on the ability of various

authorities to deal with them. In order to facilitate the responses and assistances to States

and Districts, the levels of disasters have been defined as follows.

1. L0 level denotes normal times which will be utilized for close monitoring, documentation,

prevention and preparatory activities. Training on search and rescue, rehearsals,

evaluation and inventory updation for response activities will be carried out during this

time.

2. L1 level specifies disaster that can be managed at the District level, however, the State

and Centre will remain in readiness to provide assistance if needed.

EIA REPORT



3. L2 level disaster situations are those which require assistance and participation of State,

mobilization of its resources for management of resources.

4. L3 level disaster situation is in case of large scale disaster where the State and District

authorities have been overwhelmed and require assistance from the Central Government

for reinstating the State and District machinery as well as for rescue, relief, other

response and recovery measures. In most cases, the scale and intensity of the disaster

as determined by the concerned technical agencies like Indian meteorological

department (IMD)/ Indian National Centre for Ocean Information Services (INCOIS) are

sufficient for the declaration of L3 disaster.

7.3.1.3. Scope The M/s Aditya color chem has prepared Disaster Management Plan in order to provide

proper guidance to plant operating personnel to confidently handle any accidental spillage or

fire / explosion / bursting of vessel/tank or any natural calamity or sabotage.

With this objective comprehensive information has been gathered and analyzed on the

synthetic organic chemicals & Intermediates handling plant and equipment which includes

the hazardous properties of materials/chemicals, fire hazards, safety appliances, safety

measures incorporated in the plant, emergency procedures and finally regarding the

constitution & responsibility of Emergency Rescue Team (Emergency Response &

Management Team / Task Force).

The potential hazards which may cause emergency includes:

• Chemical Fire / Explosion in the plant or storage area

• Electrical Fire in the plant or storage area.

• Accidental spillages and leakages during handling of material and plant / equipment

failure causing severe health hazard due to employees’ exposure to the hazardous

substances.

7.3.1.4. Methodology

A major emergency occurring at a plant is one that may cause serious injuries, loss of life,

extensive damage to property or environment or serious disruption inside or outside the

plants.

This may demand the rescue and relief measures on a war footing to handle it effectively

and quickly. Within the high-risk technology industries, the need for well-planned measures

should be self-evident.

No matter how well a process is controlled and safeguarded by instruments and process

safety procedures, it is inevitable that there is a residual risk, which is capable of causing a

variety of emergencies.

The Disaster Management Plan describes the Organization & procedures for dealing with

EIA REPORT



potential accidents arising from the operations of M/s. Aditya color chem.

Experiences of accidents that have occurred in various other similar plants were considered

in the preparation of DMP especially storing & handling the materials identical to this plant.

This plan will need periodic review & modification following emergency exercise, or include

any new information relating to changes to the facilities.

The Factories Act, 1948 as amended in the year 1987 under section 41B requires that every

occupier shall draw up a Disaster Management Plan and detailed disaster control measures

for his plant and make them know to the employees and to the general public living in the

vicinity of the plant.

Its objective is to reduce the severity of loss following particular hazardous incidents. At the

same time, it must be clearly understood that it is not a substitute for maintaining good

standards for working consistence with the requirements of safety and health inside the

plants.

7.3.2. Information on risk evaluation preliminary hazard analysis

The DMP is needed to respond to a variety of emergencies / disasters:

i. Disasters due to emergency on account of:

a. Fire or Explosion

b. Electrical Fire

c. Spillages and Leakages

a. Fire or explosion: The organization is storing & handling dyes which can ignite if

exposed to source of heat / ignition. The various sources of heat / ignition include hot

work, mechanical frictions, naked flames, static electricity, hot surfaces etc.

b. Electrical Fire: The Electrical fire may be caused due to generation of static charge

during charging of materials. The other reasons for fire include use of faulty or

inappropriate electrical equipment, transformers, DG sets etc. Also dry grass is normally

avoided in the premises and it will be ensured that there is no grass (dry) at any point of

time by ensuring better housekeeping

c. Spillages and Leakages: During handling of material and plant / equipment failure

causing severe health hazard due to employees exposure to the hazardous substances.

Spillages and leakages of flammable substances may also lead to fire.

ii. Disaster due to natural calamities such as:

a. Flood

b. Landslides & Mud flow

c. Earth quake

EIA REPORT



d. Heat Wave:

iii. Disaster due to external factors such as:

a. Sabotage, Civil Riots or War, Terrorism: No solution can be offered to eliminate either

terrorist threats or planted bombs, but one can be well or badly prepared to cope with

them when such incidents happen. It is essential for organizations to design and

implement both good physical security and a comprehensive bomb threat response plan.

The action plan responding to an emergency situation depends very much on the level of the

emergency which, itself is defined by the consequences arising from the types of hazard

identified.

7.3.3. Disaster preparedness

This section highlights the Organization for disaster preparedness. For an industry storing /

handling flammable substances, it is essential to prepare a good effective disaster plan to

control On Site – Off Site emergencies and to mitigate losses. The disaster management

plan (emergency response plan) ensures that all available resources, facilities etc., are

enforced into services at right time to tackle an emergency.

It is not possible to envisage and detail every action, which should be taken in emergency,

and to harness the basic elements of emergency preparedness such as Gravity of

emergency, Communication of information, on-site action for process and emergency

controls, Mobilization of internal and external resources for fire and spillage etc.

Emergency Organization is set up specifying duties and responsibilities of all to make best

use of all resources and to avoid confusion while tackling the emergency.

Disaster Management Plan / On-Site Emergency Plan (Emergency Response Plan)

highlights the flow of information and co-operation among various action groups within the

factory. Off-site Emergency Plan indicates various action groups at district levels which will

be engaged in case of off-site emergency.

Emergency organization and arrangement include:

7.3.3.1. Emergency Organization

This section is devised to suggest the organization for emergency preparedness. Key

personnel to combat emergency are nominated with specific responsibilities according to set

procedures and making best use of the resources available and to avoid confusion. Such

key personnel include Site Main Controller, Incident Controller: Services Coordination

includes Fire & Safety, Security, Engineering Services (Maintenance), Environment, Lab

(QC/QA), HR & Admin, Account & Finance, Store & purchase and Process.

All such key personnel shall be available in all the office timings and shall be called during

emergency on holidays.

EIA REPORT



7.3.3.2. Safe Assembly Points

2 No. Assembly Point is provided, opposite to Reception Building and near to Security

Cabin.

The safe assembly points are selected considering the distance from the

hazardous/flammable storage, wind direction, capacity to accommodate the required number

of people and availability of other resources in that area.

In case of emergency, it will be necessary to evacuate all personnel from effected area,

except personnel who will be directly involved in dealing with the incident. On evacuation

people will go to designated assembly points.

7.3.3.3. Emergency Control Centre (ECC)

During Working Hours, the Emergency Control Centre (ECC) is situated at Reception

Building, and during Non-Working Hours the Emergency Control Centre (ECC) is situated at

Security Cabin from where the operation to handle the emergency are directed and

coordinated.

The ECC is equipped with all necessary emergency equipment, communication

arrangement to receive and transmit information and directions from and to the incident

controller and areas of the works as well as outside. 1 Direct Line with Emergency Contact

Numbers is available at both the places.

The emergency contact numbers for the mutual aids like nearest police station, fire station,

hospital, ambulance service etc. & list of emergency team members and various activity

coordinators displayed at the emergency control centre, security gate and other prominent

locations.

Emergency Control Centre has the following facilities:

a. List of telephone numbersfor external & internal communication

b. Plans of the location

c. Stationeries

d. Copies of the on-site and off-site emergency plans

e. Details and location plans of firefighting equipment such as fire extinguisher, fire hoses &

nozzles etc.

f. Details and location plans of safety equipment such as SCBA, gum boots, gloves,

goggles, cover all etc.

7.3.3.4. Emergency Warning System

A siren audible in all parts of the facility, to warn the people for the evacuation with different

sounds for declaration of emergency or emergency call off is provided along with12 No

hooters associated with manual call point are provided at prominent locations. Warning

EIA REPORT



system is always kept in working order.

The mode of siren for evacuation is wailing pitch. On hearing the siren, people will disperse

from the work area and will evacuate to safe assembly points. Proper instruction is given to

all the employees about the rising of siren and the emergencies. The same instructions are

also displayed at prominent places within the plant area.

The employees will proceed to the predetermined assembly points on hearing the siren and

the support staff / security forces will instruct and divert the people away from the affected

areatowards the assembly points.

7.3.3.5. Medical Services and First Aid M/s Aditya color chem will providetransport for Occupational and Health Centre at the facility

and has services of visiting doctor.

Transportation will be available for emergency evacuation and transportation of people to

nearest Medical College and Hospital from the plant.

The First aid team will play critical role in attending the victims in case of any accident.

First Aid boxes are provided at prominent locations & trained first-aider are available in all

working shifts. The list of trained first aiders is displayed at prominent locations and is also

available at security gate office.

In case of any medical assistance other than first aid, the Admin In-charge/ Site- SHE

representative will arrange for a vehicle to shift the casualty to the company accredited

hospital, or call an ambulance to mobilize the casualty to the medical center/ hospital.

7.3.3.6. Transport and Evacuation Arrangements

In a major emergency, it is essential to evacuate personnel from affected areas and to

further evacuate non-essential workers from areas likely to be affected, should the

emergency escalate. Transportation will available for emergency evacuation and

transportation of people and for Material transport, third party tempo is available.

7.3.3.7. Communication and help from external emergency services

Communication is a critical factor in handling an emergency. To control the situation by the

earliest possible action. 1 Direct Line with list of emergency contact numbers is provided at

emergency control center as well as at security gate.

The external emergency services, which can be contacted for help during emergency,

include:

SN Services/Authorities Telephone no. Res No Mobile no

1

District Collector

(DC)

+91 79 27551681, 079-

27560511,27552144

- -

EIA REPORT



2

Control Room Vatva

GIDC

0253-2309715, 0253-

2309718

-

-

3 Range IG,A’hd 079-26891143 - 9978405089

4 Kanbha Police

Station

079-23845233 - -

5 Nikol Police Station 079-29292647 - -

6 Fire brigade office,

Odhav

079- 22875434

-

-

7 Svayambhu Hospital - - 7046555551

The above emergency services telephone numbers are displayed at emergency control

room and prominent locations within the plant.

7.3.3.8. Other Arrangements

7.3.3.8.1. Power Supply Interruption

For Emergency, Plant Operations and Emergency Lighting provisions are made according to

requirements. A DG set of 125 KWcapacity is provided as backup.

7.3.3.8.2. Water Drainage

Rainwater harvesting is proposed in the project to conserve the storm water. Storm water

drains will be constructed according to municipal regulations. Storm water from the entire

plot will be collected through network of storm drains. Storm water from plot area will be

collected in the rainwater harvesting pits/tank provided for this purpose. The overflow from

these pits, if any, will be then discharged in the proposed drains.

All installations such as utility block, office building, Process plant, warehouses & storage

area has been constructed at an adequate height and provided with individual dyke in order

to protect from storm water/rain water runoff flooding.

7.3.3.8.3. Electrical Supply

Electricity is considered as a major cause of fire in industries. To prevent fires due to

electricity, adequate control measures are provided which includes regular inspections and

preventive maintenance. To prevent other electrical accidents such as electric shock etc. the

adequate safety precautions implemented including provision of Fuse, MCB, ELCB, rubber

mats in front of panels, proper laying of cables, etc.

7.3.3.8.4. Trade Waste Disposal

Organization will be more concerned for environment protection and pollution abatement at

all times. Provision will be made to dispose Solid wastes. The company will dispose off all

solid waste in safe manner.

EIA REPORT



7.3.3.9. Emergency Action

Though it will be an impractical to describe all the foreseeable scenarios involving

flammable/combustible materials and the suggested action for the same, some important

ones are discussed here briefly. Even in identical incidents the right course of action may not

necessarily be the same every time as the actual action will depend on the several factors,

such as the place of incident, quantity of material involved, the amount of release, the nature

of material, the wind direction, the wind velocity, temperature of surrounding, time of day,

prevailing season and weather condition.

7.3.3.9.1. In case of Fire

In case of declaration of onsite emergency (Hearing of emergency siren), evacuate the area

as per evacuation plan & exit signs on instruction of shift in-charge / incident controller as

quickly as possible after safe shutdown of the plant. See that the wind direction is in opposite

direction of assembly point by wind direction indicator. If not, change the assembly point.

Following are the general guideline for emergency action.

• Raise the alarm through nearest MCP

• Inform security and shift in charge.

• Carry nearest fire extinguisher & try to extinguish if possible.

• Assemble emergency team and inform other emergency members.

• Check the wind direction, then decide the assembly point and inform accordingly.

• Warn the people nearby.

• Attempt to isolate /extinguish the fire with the help of others with available appropriate

extinguishers.

• Arrange fire hydrant hose and try to cool surrounding

• Cordon the area and try to shift the drum of flammable material.

• Used foam generating nozzle and create foam to extinguish fire.

• If fire beyond control call fire brigade after consultation with chief controller.

• Cool the surrounding or remove flammable material if possible.

• Take head count at site and inform to the chief controller.

• Also take head count at the assembly point and tally.

• Search for missing person if any.

• Call for mutual aid members for help, if require.

• Arrange for rescue, if required.

EIA REPORT



• Give first aid to the injured person and check for further treatment is required.

• Give priority to saving life and preventing further injuries.

• Confirm the massage of incident attend to the main controller & raise the all clear siren.

• Collect the photograph and other evidence to cause fine.

7.3.3.9.2. In Case of spillage of chemicals/materials while unloading & loading activity

Tankers/Tanks inside the factory premises:

Special instruments for storing, Handling & emergency actions in case of spillage of

chemicals/materials are given separately in MSDS.

Following are the general guideline for action:

• Use PPE’s like SCBA/Gas mask/Respirator & evacuate the area.

• Designated area will be provided for tanker parking.

In case of declaration of onsite emergency (Hearing of emergency siren), evacuate the area

as per evacuation plan & exit signs on instruction of shift in-charge / incident Controller as

quickly as possible after safe shut down of the plant. See that the wind direction is in

opposite direction of assembly point by wind direction indicator. If not, change the assembly

point.

7.3.3.9.3. In case of Flood / Earthquake:

In case of natural calamity like flood, Strom or earth quake (remote possibility) the

management may seek outside help. The help may be for firefighting, Evacuation (of

surrounding population), Medical treatment, shelter, food, transport or communications.

Following are the general guideline for emergency action: • Close main valve

• In case the cylinders are on the ground the same be shifted to storage shed to ensure

that the floodwater shall not carry the cylinders.

• Switch off electricity (main).

• Assemble outside the office, away from Electric Poles & Wires.

• Evacuate the areas after initiating (communication in working condition) off site

organization.

EIA REPORT



7.3.3.9.4. In case of War/Civil riots:

Following are the general guideline for emergency action: • Intimate nearest police station & stimulate off site emergency plan

• Stop unloading / loading operations (if any)

• Intimate civil defense dept. about the situation

• Security persons shall protect & control law & order.

7.3.3.9.5. General action plan

• All personnel handling the emergency should wear PVC suit / alkali suit, gumboot, PVC

hand gloves, PVC goggles.

• Isolate the sources of supply.

• Cordon off the area.

• Avoid the entry of unnecessary people.

• Start barricading the area with sand / earth.

• Flush the affected body parts with plenty of water and seek medical help.

7.3.3.10. Evacuation Plan

On hearing the siren all employees shall evacuate the area by safely closing down all

operation as per instructions from their Incident Controller or in nighttime Shift supervisor.

After gathering at assembly points, shift-in-charge should take the roll call & ensure that no

person is left trapped.

The Rescue Coordinator or Guard (who is inside the plant for duty) shall ensure that none is

trapped inside the plant. Security guards shall ensure total evacuation.

Main gate will be used for movement of personnel, movement of rescue, medical aid.

7.3.3.11. Traffic Control

The Security In-charge or Guard shall contact Service Coordinatorand shall make himself

available at main gate for traffic control till local authorities’ help is available.

Unwanted traffic and public gathering shall be controlled & avoided by security personnel till

local help from police is available.

7.3.3.12. Public Relations

Inevitably a major incident will attract the attention of the press, television and radio services

and anxious inquiries from friends and relatives will be flooding the factory. It is essential to

make arrangements for authoritative release of information to them. SMC/IC who is familiar

EIA REPORT



with procedures of dealing with such situations, shall take charge of public Relations, information etc. He will be the sole authoritative source of information to the news media and

others.

7.3.3.13. Declaration of cessation of emergency

Only the Main Site Controller in consultation with Incident Controller and The Service

coordinator (Emergency Fire, Rescue & Security Co-ordinator etc.) will declare the cessation

of emergency ensuring that all the spillage is arrested or fires are extinguished and there is

no risk of re-ignition (in case of fire).

In the case of gas, the all clear will be declared only when the source of emission has been

effectively isolated and gas clouds dispersed well below safe level.

Even when the all clear Signal has been given, great care is needed while entering affected

areas and no work in connection with salvage, collection of evidence should be commenced

until a thorough examination of the area has been carried out.

The siren code will follow for declaring the cessation of an emergency.

All clear signed shall be given by SMC / Incident Controller.

7.3.3.14. Plan appraisal and updating

The Onsite Emergency Plan Mock drills will be conducted for the appraisal and updating the

Onsite Emergency Plan.

The Onsite Emergency Plan Mock drills will review the adequacy and effectiveness of the

arrangements made / provided for emergency planning and will cover:

• Awareness and promptness of action taken by the employees.

• The adequacy of evacuation routes and safe assembly points.

• The adequacy of fire fighting system and equipment.

• The adequacy of leak / spillage control system and equipment.

• The adequacy of transport and medical arrangements.

• The adequacy of personal protective equipment and safety equipment etc.

Any inadequacy observed during the mock drill will be corrected and incorporated, the

Onsite Emergency Plan will be updated and any changes made in the Onsite Emergency

Plan will be made known to all.

7.3.4. Safety and mitigating measures

Safety is major consideration for M/s. Aditya color chem and the industry is committed to

mitigate the risk. Important mitigating measures will be provided to contain and control the

emergency are outlined below:

EIA REPORT



7.3.4.1. Fire Prevention and Protection measures

Fire is the major risk at M/s Aditya color chem because of storage handling and use of

flammable substances within the premises as raw material and products. Adequate control

measures are provided to detect and fight fires. The major firefighting arrangements

provided includes

Fire Detection and Alarm system: in Production block, Good Store/Raw Material Store, Q.C.

Building and Solvent Store areas.

Firefighting Arrangement: fire hydrant system consisting of 18 Nos. of fire hydrants have

been installed and 54 Nos. of Fire Extinguishers, consisting CO2 Type, Dry Chemical

Powder Type and Foam Type, are installed at various locations in the premises.

The nearest fire brigade station is situated at Maninagar approx. 10 km north.

The plant will be equipped with a comprehensive fire protection system. Following facilities

will be provided for the fire protection: -

• Fire Water Supply

• Fire Hydrant system, Fire sprinkler system with smoke/fire detectors

• Water Pump (Hydrant Pump)

• Portable Fire Extinguishers

7.3.4.2. Equipments and Process safety

M/s. Aditya color chem will comply the statutory requirements and provide safety measures.

The following points to be considered:

• Guard shall be provided on moving parts of machineries.

• Adequate ventilation or other engineering controls shall be provided to keep the airborne

contaminants below their respective threshold limit value.

• Lifting tools, tackles and machines and pressure systems will be tested and examined as

per statutory requirement.

• Proper earthing and bonding shall be provided etc.

7.3.5. Post emergency planning

• All evidences should be collected and accident should be investigated.

• Before restart up of the activities, assessthe situation and ensure that it is safe to restart

the plant activities.

• Re-start the plant in the standard sequence. •

7.3.6. Health, Safety and Environmental Protection

The policy of the company is to manufacture, handle and dispose off all substances safely

EIA REPORT



and without creating unacceptable risk to human health or the environment.'

Company is committed to complete safety and accident prevention policies for ensuring the

elimination of risk, accidents by conscientious involvement in Safety and Health Programme.

The industry will;

• Establishment and maintain programmes to ensure that laws and regulations applicable

to its products and operations are known as obeyed.

• Develop its own standards where laws or regulations may not be adequately protective

and adopt, where necessary, its own standard where laws do not exist.

• Stop manufacturing any product or any operation if hazards of the same, to the human

beings and environment are unacceptable.

• Each and every employee is expected to adhere to the spirit as well as letters of

company policy.

• Any hazards, adverse situation or environmental risk which comes to their attention

should be promptly reported for the corrective measures.

• Safety has been accepted as complete and separate functions like other functions such

as production, maintenance, marketing, etc.

• Auditing is necessary for an effective health and safety programmes, and periodical

auditing will be carried out.

• We believe safety is a team work and each and every employee of the company is

responsible and accountable for the safety.

7.3.6.1. Employee responsibility

• Follow the policy and applicable laws and regulation to protect your own health and

safety as well as that of other workers, the public and the environment.

• Present ideas that support the goals of policy.

• Promptly report concerns about possible violation of this policy to the persons listed or to

your manager. 7.3.6.2. Managers responsible for a facility, activity, product or service will:

• Communicate responsibility with employees, communities, customers and government

agencies regarding environmental health and safety issue.

• Cooperate with the public, government and other interested parties to develop

appropriate regulatory and public policies that protect employee and public health and

the environment.

• Implement effective programs, training and best practices for health, safety and

environment protection and for the elimination or reasonable reduction of materials.

EIA REPORT



• Regularly assess plant operations & management. Establish measurements to ensure

compliance with this policy and applicable laws & regulations, when appropriate; review

assessment results with environmental programs.

• Ensure that an employee with EHS responsibilities is appropriately screened before

appointment and that continued appropriateness for their position is periodically

reviewed.

• Develop appropriate program for safety reviews of new and redesigned products prior to

sale and distribution to customers. Monitor after-sale safety performance to identify and

address significant product safety issues.

• Work cooperatively with, contractors, business partners & suppliers to ensure that our

relationships with them are supportive of this policy.

• Promptly report to medical Services, Environmental Program & your assigned legal

counsel any,

• Emergency evacuation, communicable disease or other serious health indent.

• Work related employee facilities & other serious safety incidents requiring a report to a

governmental agency.

• Information regarding a report to a governmental agency or any governmental

allegations of substantial violations of environmental laws or regulations.

• Legal proceedings alleging significant property damage or personal injury from

environmental contamination or exposure to dust/chemical fumes & other information

requested by medical services or Environmental programs.

7.3.6.3. Training and rehearsing

All employees should know the details of Disaster Management plan and

they must receive initial training in emergency procedures. At suitable

intervals this knowledge must be exercised and the basic plan reviewed

and brought up-to-date. It is essential to establish the necessary confident

volunteers and better expertise, so the individuals can carry out their

allocated duties. Rehearsal of evacuation should be regularly carried out

efficiently and should cause minimum disruption to the normal activities. As

per MFR, Mock Drill should be conducted six monthly.

EIA REPORT



An after-mock drill report may be prepared detailing the lacunas & strong points so as to

make improvements in the emergency action plan.

7.4. RISK ASSESSMENT

Objective of the study

Quantitative Risk Assessment (QRA) study for M/S. ADITYA COLOURShas been

carried out based on data provided by M/S. Aditya colours private limited.

The main objective of risk assessment -Quantitative Risk Assessment (QRA) is to

identify and determine the potentialdamage or loss of life, property and environment and

to provide a scientific argument for decision makers to provide and maintain the

safety levels of the facilities to prevent or mitigate harm and loses. This is achieved by

the following:

Identification of hazards that could be realized from manufacturing processes, plant

equipment and machinery, raw materials and products.

Identify the potential failure scenarios that could occur within the facility.

To Asses, the potential risks associated with identified hazards to which the plant and its

personal and community outside may be subjected. Consequences analysis of various

hazards is carried out to determine the vulnerable zones for each probable accident

scenario.

Evaluate the process hazards emanating from the identified potential accident scenarios.

EIA REPORT



Analyse the damage effects to the surroundings due to such accidents.

Conclusion and Recommendation to mitigate measures to reduce the hazard / risks.

To provide guidelines for the preparation of On-site response plan.

SCOPE OF THE STUDY

The Project will undertake Quantitative Risk Assessment (QRA) study for the storage tank

area.

Following listed material below are stored, used and handled in the premises.

Chemical Storage

Name of Raw Material Storage Facility /

Packing

Storage / Packing

Capacity (Kg)

Storage condition

Triethanol Amine Drums 600 NTP

Diethanol Amine Drums 600 NTP

Liquid Ammonia Drums 600 NTP

Tri n-Butyl amine Drums 600 NTP

Hydrochloric Acid Tank 5000 NTP

QRA study will include the following task:

Hazard Identification

Failure Scenario

Consequence Analysis

Dispersion Modelling

Risk Assessment

Evaluation of risk reduction options. and risk management plan

METHODOLOGY ADOPTED FOR QUANTITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT (QRA)

Failure or ineffectiveness of the controls can lead to hazardous situation in any industry

handling potentially hazardous materials. Following factors govern the severity of

consequence of the loss of containment.Intrinsic properties; flammability, instability and

toxicity.

PHAST uses the Unified Dispersion Model (UDM) capable of describing a wide range of

types of accidental releases. The Model uses a particularly flexible form, allowing for sharp-

edged profiles, which become more diffuse downwind.

EIA REPORT



PHAST contains data for a large number of chemicals and allows definition of mixtures of

any of these chemicals in the required proportion. The calculations by PHAST involve

following steps for each modelled failure case:

• Run discharge calculations based on physical conditions and leak size.

• Model first stage of release (for each weather category).

• Determine vapour release rate by flashing of liquid and pool evaporation rate.

• Dispersion modelling taking into account weather conditions.

• In case of flammable release, calculate size of effect zone for fire and explosion.

• The hazardous materials considered in this study are mostly flammable liquids.

SOFTWARE USED

PHAST has been used for consequence analysis include discharge and dispersion

calculations.

EIA REPORT



Figure: Consequence analysis; Event Tree Analysis for release of flammable liquid.

EIA REPORT



7.4.1. Other Factors Considered For Risk Assessment

METROLOGICAL CONDITION

Dispersive energy; pressure, temperature and state of matter.

Quantity present

Environmental factors; topography and weather.

Handling and storage facilities and procedures.

Awareness, Training and Communication

The study has been carried out in accordance with the National and International codes of

practices using Process Hazard Analysis Software Tool (PHAST) software. The latest

version of the renowned PHAST software package of DNV is used for carrying out the risk

analysis.

The full terms of potential hazardous scenarios and consequence events associated with the

installation and operation was considered in the analysis.

Based on the operations to be carried at the plant, the Risk Analysis conducted to identify

the affected distances and the damage of property and population from the identified

scenarios considering the Maximum Credible Loss Scenario (MCLS) & Worst case scenario.

Maximum credible loss scenarios have been worked based on the inbuilt safety systems and

protection measures to be provided for the operation of the facility & the Worst case scenario

i.e. 100% catastrophic rupture have been worked out based on failure of the inbuilt safety

system.

The Worst case Scenario assumed as catastrophic rupture, as per the guidelines suggested

by DNV – UK, and maximum inventory at the time of failure.

Consequence analysis and calculations are effectively performed by computer software

using models validated over a number of applications. Consequence modelling is carried out

by PHAST (version 6.53) of DNV Software, UK.

The consequences of released toxic or flammable material are largely dependent on the

prevailing weather conditions. For the assessment of major scenarios involving release of

toxic or flammable materials, the most important meteorological parameters, which affect the

atmospheric dispersion of the escaping material, include crucial variables such as wind

direction, wind speed, atmospheric stability and temperature. Rainfall does not have any

direct bearing on the results of the risk analysis; however, it can have beneficial effects by

absorption / washout of released materials. Actual behaviour of any release would largely

depend on prevailing weather condition at the time of release.

EIA REPORT



For the present study, we used the metrological data of the Ahmedabad.

ATMOSPHERIC PARAMETERS

The wind speed and wind direction data, which have been used for the study, is summarized

below:

Wind Speed : 1.5&5 m/s

Atmospheric Stability : D and F

WEATHER CATEGORY

One of the most important characteristics of atmosphere is its stability. Stability of

atmosphere is its tendency to resist vertical motion or to suppress existing turbulence. This

tendency directly influences the ability of atmosphere to disperse pollutants emitted into it

from the facilities. In most dispersion scenarios, the relevant atmospheric layer is that

nearest to the ground, varying in thickness from a few meters to a few thousand meters.

Turbulence induced by buoyancy forces in the atmosphere is closely related to the vertical

temperature gradient.

Temperature normally decreases with increasing height in the atmosphere. The rate at

which the temperature of air decreases with height is called Environmental Lapse Rate

(ELR). It will vary from time to time and from place to place. The atmosphere is said to be

stable, neutral or unstable according to ELR is less than, equal to or greater than Dry

Adiabatic Lapse Rate (DALR), which is a constant value of 0.98°C/100 meters.

Pasquill stability parameter, based on Pasquill – Gifford categorization, a meteorological

parameter, describes the stability of atmosphere, i.e., the degree of convective turbulence.

Pasquill has defined six stability classes ranging from `A' (extremely unstable) to `F'

(moderately stable). Wind speeds, intensity of solar radiation (daytime insulation) and

nighttime sky cover have been identified as prime factors defining these stability categories.

When the atmosphere is unstable and wind speeds are moderate or high or gusty, rapid

dispersion of pollutants will occur. Under these conditions, pollutant concentrations in air will

be moderate or low and the material will be dispersed rapidly.

When the atmosphere is stable and wind speed is low, dispersion of material will be limited

and pollutant concentration in air will be high. In general, worst dispersion conditions (i.e.

contributing to greater hazard distances) occur during low wind speed and very stable

weather conditions.

EIA REPORT



7.4.2. Hazards & Damage Crieteria Of Materials

DEFINITIONS

Hazards associated with Flammable chemicals

The release of flammable gas or liquid can lead to different types of fire or explosion

scenarios and will depend on the material released, mechanism of release,

temperatureandpressure of the material and the point of ignition. Types of flammable effects

are as follows.

Pool fire

The released flammable material, a liquid stored below its normal boiling point, will collect

in a pool. The geometry of the pool will be dictated by the surroundings. If the liquid is

stored under pressure above its normal boiling point, then a fraction of the liquid will flash

into vapor and the remaining portion will form a pool in the vicinity of the release point.

Once sustained combustion is achieved, liquid fires quickly reach steady state burning.

The heat release rate is a function of the liquid surface area exposed to air. An unconfined

spill will tend to have thin fuel depth (typically less than 5 mm) which will result in slower

burning rates. A confined spill is limited by the boundaries (e.g. a dyked area) and the

depth of the resulting pool is greater than that for an unconfined spill.

Flash fire:

It occurs when a vapor cloud of flammable material burns. The cloud is typically ignited on

the edge and burns towards the release point. The duration of flash fire is very short

(seconds), but it may continue as jet fire if the release continues. The overpressures

generated by the combustion are not considered significant in terms of damage potential to

persons, equipment or structures. The major hazard from flash fire is direct flame

impingement. Typically, the burn zone is defined as the area the vapor cloud covers out to

half of the LFL. This definition provides a conservative estimate, allowing for fluctuations in

modelling. Even where the concentration may be above the UFL, turbulent induced

combustion mixes the material with air and results in flash fire.

Jet Fire:

Jet flames are characterized as high-pressure release of gas from limited openings (e.g.

due to small leak in a vessel or broken drain valve). Boiling liquid expanding vapor

explosion (BLEVE) or fireball: A fireball is an intense spherical fire resulting from a sudden

release of pressurized liquid or gas that is immediately ignited. The best known cause of a

fireball is a boiling liquid expanding vapor explosion (BLEVE). Fireball duration is typically

5 – 20 seconds.

EIA REPORT



Vapor cloud explosion:

When a large quantity of flammable vapor or gas is released, mixes with air to produce

sufficient mass in the flammable range and is ignited, results a vapor cloud explosion (VCE).

Without sufficient air mixing, a diffusion-controlled fireballmay result withoutsignificant

overpressures developing. The speed of flame propagation must accelerate as the vapor

cloud burns. Without this acceleration, only a flash fire will result.

7.4.3. Hazards Associated with Explosives chemicals

Damage Criteria

Damage due to thermal radiations and overpressure have been arrived at by taking in to

consideration the published literature on the subject. The consequences are then visualized

by the superimposing the damage effects zones on the proposed plan site and identifying

the elements within the project site as well as in the neighbouring environment, which might

be adversely affected, should one or more hazards materialize.

Thermal damage

The effect of thermal radiation on people is mainly a function of intensity of radiation and

exposure time. The effect is expressed in terms of the probability of death and different

degrees of burn. The following tables give the effect of various levels of heat flux.

7.4.4. Fatal Radiation Exposure Levels

Table 7.3 Fatal radiation Exposure Level

RADIATION LEVEL

kW/m2

FATALITY

1% 50% 99%

EXPOSURE IN SECONDS

4.0 150 370 930

12.5 30 80 200

37.5 8 20 50

EIA REPORT



OVERPRESSURE DAMAGE

Table 7.4 Overpressure Damage Criteria

OVER

PRESSURE

(mbar)

MECHANICAL DAMAGE TO

EQUIPMENTS

DAMAGE TO PEOPLE

300 Heavy damage to plant & structure 1% death from lung damage

>50% eardrum damage

>50% serious wounds from

flying objects

100 Repairable damage >1% eardrum damage

>1% serious wounds from

flying objects

30 Major glass damage Slight injury from flying glass

10 10% glass damage ***

Hazards Associated with Toxic Materials

It is necessary to specify suitable concentration of the toxic substance under study to form

the end-point for consequence calculations. American Industrial Hygiene Association (AIHA)

has issued Emergency Response Planning Guidelines (ERPG) for many chemicals,

describes the various scenarios:

• ERPG-1 is the maximum airborne concentration below which it is believed that nearly all

individuals could be exposed for up to 1 hour without experiencing other than mild transient

adverse health effects or perceiving a clearly defined, objectionable odour.


individuals could be exposed for up to 1 hour without experiencing or developing irreversible

or other serious health effects or symptoms, which could impair an individual's ability to take

protective action.


individuals could be exposed for up to 1 hour without experiencing or developing life-

threatening health effects.

Toxic limit values as TLV (Threshold Limit Value), STEL (Short Term Exposure Limit),

Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health (IDLH) concentrations are issued by US National

Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH).

TLV: Threshold Limit Value – is the permitted level of exposure for a given period on a

EIA REPORT



weighted average basis (usually 8 hrs.for 5 days in a week).

STEL: A Short Term Exposure Limit (STEL) is defined by ACGIH as the concentration to

which workers can be exposed continuously for a short period of time without suffering from:

Irritation

Chronic or irreversible tissue damage

Narcosis of sufficient degree to increase the likelihood of accidental injury, impair self-

rescue or materially reduce work efficiency.

The permitted Short Time Exposure Limit usually have maximum exposure for 15-minute.

IDLH: IDLH is an acronym for Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health. This refers to a

concentration, formally specified by a regulatory value, and defined as the maximum

exposure concentration of a given chemical in the workplace from which one could escape

within 30 minutes without any escape-impairing symptoms or any irreversible health effects.

This value is normally referred to in respirator selection.

Properties of the chemicals

SN Name of

Chemical

Storage

Facility /

Packing

Storage of

Chemical

(kg)

Flash

Point

0C

Flammability

Limit (Vol. %)

Storage

condition

1.

Triethanol

Amine

Drums 600 179.44 A NTP

2.

Diethanol

Amine

Drums 600 168.9 NA NTP

3.

Liquid Ammonia Drums 600 NA LEL-16

UEL-25

NTP

4. Tri n-Butyl

amine

Drums 600 63 LEL-1.4

UEL-6

NTP

5. Hydrochloric

Acid

Tank 5000 NA NA NTP

7.5. CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS INTRODUCTION

The consequence analysis is carried out to determine the extent of spread (dispersion) by

accidental release which may lead to jet fire, pool fire, tank fire resulting into generating heat

radiation, overpressures, explosions etc.

In order to form an opinion on potentially serious hazardous situations and their

EIA REPORT



consequences, consequence analysis of potential failure scenarios is conducted. It is

qualitative analysis of hazards due to various failure scenarios. In consequence analysis,

each failure case is considered in isolation and damage effects predicted, without taking into

the account of the secondary events or failures it may cause, leading to a major disastrous

situation. The results of consequence analysis are useful in developing disaster

management plan and in developing a sense of awareness among operating and

maintenance personnel. It also gives the operating personnel and population living in its

vicinity, an understanding of the hazard they are posed to.

7.5.1. SELECTED FAILURE CASES

Earlier, it was the practice to select a particular item in a unit as failure scenario, e.g. rupture

of reactor outlet pipe. Such selection is normally subjective on following parameters:

Properties of material namely Toxic or Flammable.

The likely severity of consequence in the event of accidental release based on

inventory, operated pressure & operated temperature.

The probability of failure of various equipments such as valves, flanges, pipe, pressure

vessels etc. used in the plant.

Size of Release: For accidental releases identified for consequence analysis is 50mm

leakage. The scenarios are considered to be confined to those equipment failures which

involve the leakage of flammable or toxic products, of which the frequency of occurrence and

the severity of the consequences have been taken into consideration and which may have a

low probability of early detection.

Taking this factor into consideration, a list of selected failure cases was prepared based on

process knowledge, inventory, engineering judgment, and experience, past incidents

associated with such facilities and considering the general mechanisms for loss of

containment. Cases have been identified for the consequence analysis.

7.5.2. EFFECT OF RELEASE

When hazardous material is released to atmosphere due to any reason, a vapor cloud is

formed. Direct cloud formation occurs when a gaseous or flashing liquid escapes to the

atmosphere.

1. Dispersion of hydrocarbon vapor with wind till it reaches its lower flammability limit (LFL)

or finds a source of ignition before reaching LFL, which will result in a flash fire or

explosion.

2. Spillage of liquid hydrocarbons will result in a pool of liquid, which will evaporate taking

heat from the surface, forming a flammable atmosphere above it. Ignition of this pool will

result in pool fire causing thermal radiation hazards.

EIA REPORT



3. A fireball or BLEVE (Boiling Liquid expanding Vapor Explosion) occurs when a vessel

containing a highly volatile liquid (e.g. LPG, Propylene etc.) fails and the released large

mass of vapor cloud gets ignited immediately. It has damage potential due to high

intensity of radiation and generation of the overpressure waves, causing large scale

damage to nearby equipment and structures.

4. Catastrophic failure of tanks/ pressurized vessels, rotary equipment and valves etc. can

result in equipment fragments flying and hitting other equipment of the plant.

5. Release of toxic compounds results in the toxic vapour cloud traveling over long

distances, affecting a large area, before it gets sufficiently diluted to harmless

concentration in the atmosphere.

6. The material is in two phases inside the containment - liquid & vapor. Depending on the

location of the leak liquid or vapor will be released from the containment. If vapor is

released a vapor cloud will form by the mixing of the vapor and air. The size of the vapor

cloud will depend on the rate of release, wind speed; wind direction & atmospheric

stability will determine the dispersion and movement of the vapor cloud.

7. If liquid is released there will be some flashing as the boiling point of liquid is below the

ambient temperature. The vapor formed by immediate flashing will behave as vapor

release. The liquid will fall on the ground forming a pool. There will be vaporization from

the pool due to the heat gained from the atmosphere & ground.

8. There will be dispersion and movement of vapor cloud formed by evaporation of liquid.

The behaviour of material released by loss of containment depends on the following factors:

1. Physical properties of the material

2. Conditions of material in containment (pressure and temperature)

3. Phase of material released (liquid or gas)

4. Inventory of material released

5. Weather parameters (temperature, humidity, wind speed, atmospheric stability)

6. Material with boiling point below ambient condition.

Page 206 Green Circle, Inc. M/s. Aditya Color Chem.

EIA REPORT


Page 206

7.5.3. Consequence Analysis results

1. HCL Tank

Table 7.5 Consequence results of HCL Tank

Scenario details

5 mm leak

25 mm leak

100 mm leak

Catastrophic Rupture

Weather Category 1.5 F 5 D 1.5 D 1.5 F 5 D 1.5 D 1.5 F 5 D 1.5 D 1.5 F 5 D 1.5 D

Distance (m)

Conc. (ppm)

3.74 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 5 5 5

Notes: NH: No Hazard, NR: Not Reached

Maximum concentration footprint in case of 100 mm leak of HCL Drum

Figure 7.2 Maximum concentration footprint in case of 100 mm leak of HCL Drum

Green Circle, Inc. Page 207 M/s. Aditya Color Chem.

EIA REPORT


Page 207

Maximum concentration footprint in case of 100 mm leak of HCL Drum

Legend:

Figure 7.3 Maximum concentration footprint in case of 100 mm leak of HCL Drum

Maximum concentration footprint in case of catastrophic rupture of HCL Drum

Figure 7.4 Maximum concentration footprint in case of catastrophic rupture of HCL Drum

Maximum concentration footprint in case of catastrophic rupture of HCL Drum

Legend:

Figure 7.5 Maximum concentration footprint in case of catastrophic rupture of HCL Drum


EIA REPORT


Page 208

2. Diethanol Amine Drums

Table 7.6 Consequence results of Diethanol Amine Drums

Scenario details 5 mm leak

25 mm leak

100 mm leak

Catastrophic

Rupture

Weather Category

1.5

F

5

D

1.5

D

1.5

F

5 D

1.5

D

1.5

F

5 D

1.5

D

1.5 F

5 D

1.5

D

Flash Fire Envelope (m)

Conc. (ppm)

21500 1 2 1 2 2 2 5 3 13 8 13 15

43000 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 5 4 7 11

Thermal Damage Distance by Pool Fire (m)

Radiation

Intensity

(KW/m2)

4

14 14 13 30 31 30 31 32 31 30 31 30

12.5

9 10 9 19 21 19 20 22 20 19 21 19

37.5

5 5 5 9 9 9 10 10 10 9 8 8

Thermal Damage Distance by Jet Fire (m)

Radiation

Intensity (

KW/m2)

4

NR NR NR 4 3 4 15 12 15 NH NH NH

12.5

NR NR NR NR NR NR 12 10 12 NH NH NH

37.5

NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NH NH NH

Maximum Distance at Overpressure Level (m)

Overpressure

0.02068

NH NH NH NH NH NH NH NH NH NH NH NH

Scenario details

5 mm leak

25 mm leak

100 mm leak Catastrophic Rupture

Weather Category 1.5 F

5 D

1.5 D

1.5 F

5 D 1.5 D

1.5 F

5 D 1.5 D

1.5 F

5 D 1.5 D

( bar)

0.1379 NH NH NH NH NH NH NH NH NH NH NH NH




EIA REPORT


Page 209

Flash fire in case of 100mm leak of Diethanol Amine Drums.

Figure 7.6 Flash fire in case of 100mm leak of Diethanol Amine Drums.

Flash fire in case of 100mm leak of Diethanol Amine Drums

Legend:

Figure 7.7 Flash fire in case of 100mm leak of Diethanol Amine Drums

Intensity radii for late pool fire in case of100 mm leak of Diethanol Amine Drums


EIA REPORT


Page 210

Figure 7.8 Intensity radii for late pool fire in case of100 mm leak of Diethanol Amine Drums

Intensity radii for jet fire in case of 100 mm leak of Diethanol Amine Drums

Figure 7.9 Intensity radii for jet fire in case of 100 mm leak of Diethanol Amine Drum

Intensity radii for jet fire in case of 100 mm leak of Diethanol Amine Drums

Legend:

Figure 7.10 Intensity radii for jet fire in case of 100 mm leak of Diethanol Amine Drums

Flash fire envelope in case of catastrophic rupture of Diethanol Amine Drums

Figure 7.11 Flash fire envelope in case of catastrophic rupture of Diethanol Amine Drums



EIA REPORT


Page 211

Legend:

Figure 7.12 Flash fire envelope in case of catastrophic rupture of Diethanol Amine

Drums


Figure 7.13 Flash fire envelope in case of catastrophic rupture of Diethanol Amine Drums

Intensity radii for late pool fire in case of catastrophic rupture of Diethanol Amine Drum


EIA REPORT


Page 212

Figure 7.14 Intensity radii for late pool fire in case of catastrophic rupture of Diethanol Amine Drums

3. Liquid Ammonia drums

Table 7.7 Consequence results of Liquid Ammonia Drums

Scenario details

5 mm leak

25 mm leak



5 D

1.5 D

1.5 F

5 D 1.5 D

1.5 F

5 D 1.5 D

1.5 F

5 D 1.5 D


Conc. (ppm)

80000 2 2 2 9 8 10 14 20 17 25 68 29

160000 1 1 1 4 3 5 7 8 9 11 26 14


Radiation Intensity (KW/m2)

4 3 4 3 15 15 15 20 21 20 19 20 19

12.5 3 3 3 9 10 9 12 15 12 11 14 11

37.5 NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR


Radiation Intensity ( KW/m2)

4 NR NR NR NR NR NR 39 34 40 NH NH NH

12.5 NR NR NR NR 10 NR NR 29 NR NH NH NH

37.5 NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NR NH NH NH

Maximum Distance at Overpressure Level (m) Overpressure

( bar)

0.02068 NH NH NH NH NH NH 36 40 35 41 52 48

0.1379 NH NH NH NH NH NH 17 25 16 18 31 20

0.2068 NH NH NH NH NH NH 15 24 15 16 31 18


Flash fire in case of 100mm leak of Liquid Ammonia Drums.

Figure 7.15 Flash fire in case of 100mm leak of Liquid Ammonia Drums.


EIA REPORT


Page 213

Intensity radii for Jet fire in case of 100 mm leak of Liquid Ammonia Drums

Figure 7.16 Intensity radii for Jet fire in case of100 mm leak of Liquid Ammonia Drums

Intensity radii for jet fire in case of 100 mm leak of Liquid Ammonia Drums

Figure 7.17 Intensity radii for jet fire in case of 100 mm leak of Liquid Ammonia Drums

Intensity radii for late pool fire in case of 100 mm leak of Liquid Ammonia Drums

Figure 7.18 Intensity radii for late pool fire in case of 100 mm leak of Liquid Ammonia Drums


EIA REPORT


Page 214

Flash fire envelope in case of catastrophic rupture of Liquid Ammonia Drums

Figure 7.19 Flash fire envelope in case of catastrophic rupture of Liquid Ammonia Drums


EIA REPORT


Page 215

Flash fire envelope in case of catastrophic rupture of Liquid Ammonia Drums

Legend:

Figure 7.20 Flash fire envelope in case of catastrophic rupture of Liquid Ammonia Drums

Intensity radii for late pool fire in case of catastrophic rupture of Liquid Ammonia

Drums

Figure 7.21 Intensity radii for late pool fire in case of catastrophic rupture of Liquid Ammonia Drums


EIA REPORT


Page 216

Intensity radii for late pool fire in case of catastrophic rupture of Liquid Ammonia Drums

Legend:

Figure 7.22 Intensity radii for late pool fire in case of catastrophic rupture of Liquid Ammonia Drums

4. Tri Ethanol Amine drums

Table 7.8 Consequence results of Tri Ethanol Amine Drums

Scenario details

5 mm leak

25 mm leak



5 D

1.5 D

1.5 F

5 D 1.5 D

1.5 F

5 D 1.5 D

1.5 F

5 D 1.5 D


Conc. (ppm)

21500 1 2 1 2 2 2 5 3 13 8 13 15

43000 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 5 4 7 11



4 14 14 13 30 31 30 31 32 31 30 31 30

12.5 9 10 9 19 21 19 20 22 20 19 21 19

37.5 5 5 5 9 9 9 10 10 10 9 8 8



4 NR NR NR 4 3 4 15 12 15 NH NH NH

12.5 NR NR NR NR NR NR 12 10 12 NH NH NH




EIA REPORT


Page 217

Scenario details

5 mm leak

25 mm leak



5 D

1.5 D

1.5 F

5 D 1.5 D

1.5 F

5 D 1.5 D

1.5 F

5 D 1.5 D

Overpressure

( bar)





Flash fire in case of 100mm leak of Tri Ethanol Amine Drums.

Figure 7.23 Flash fire in case of 100mm leak of Tri Ethanol Amine Drums.

Flash fire in case of 100mm leak of Tri Ethanol Amine Drums

Legend:

Figure 7.24 Flash fire in case of 100mm leak of Tri Ethanol Amine Drums.


EIA REPORT


Page 218

Intensity radii for late pool fire in case of100 mm leak of Tri Ethanol Amine Drums

Figure 7.25 Intensity radii for late pool fire in case of100 mm leak of Tri Ethanol Amine Drums

Intensity radii for jet fire in case of 100 mm leak of Tri Ethanol Amine Drums

Legend:

Figure 7.26 Intensity radii for jet fire in case of 100 mm leak of Tri Ethanol Amine Drums

Legend:

Figure 7.27 Intensity radii for jet fire in case of 100 mm leak of Tri Ethanol Amine Drums


EIA REPORT


Page 219

Flash fire envelope in case of catastrophic rupture of Tri Ethanol Amine Drums

Figure 7.28 Flash fire envelope in case of catastrophic rupture of Tri Ethanol Amine Drums

Flash fire envelope in case of catastrophic rupture ofTri Ethanol Amine Drums

Legend:

Figure 7.29 Flash fire envelope in case of catastrophic rupture of Tri Ethanol Amine Drums

Intensity radii for late pool fire in case of catastrophic rupture of Tri Ethanol Amine Drums

Figure 7.30 Intensity radii for late pool fire in case of catastrophic rupture of Tri Ethanol Amine Drums


EIA REPORT


Page 220

Intensity radii for late pool fire in case of catastrophic rupture ofTri Ethanol Amine Drums

Legend:

Figure 7.31 Intensity radii for late pool fire in case of catastrophic rupture ofTri Ethanol Amine Drums

5. Tri n -Butyl Amine Drums Table 7.9 Consequence results of Tri n -Butyl Amine Drums

Scenario details

5 mm leak

25 mm leak



5 D

1.5 D

1.5 F

5 D 1.5 D

1.5 F

5 D 1.5 D

1.5 F

5 D 1.5 D


Conc. (ppm)

5500 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

11000 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2



4 22 23 22 30 33 30 30 33 30 29 31 29

12.5 14 16 14 17 22 17 18 22 18 16 21 16

37.5 6 8 6 8 9 8 9 9 9 7 7 7



4 NR NR NR NR NR NR 3 3 3 NH NH NH




Overpressure


Scenario details

5 mm leak

25 mm leak



5 D

1.5 D

1.5 F

5 D 1.5 D

1.5 F

5 D 1.5 D

1.5 F

5 D 1.5 D

( bar)





EIA REPORT


Page 221

Flash fire in case of 100mm leak of Tri n -Butyl Amine Drums

Figure 7.32 Flash fire in case of 100mm leak of Tri n -Butyl Amine Drums

Flash fire in case of 100mm leak of Liquid Tri n -Butyl Amine Drums

Legend:

Figure 7.33 Flash fire in case of 100mm leak of Liquid Tri n -Butyl Amine Drums

Intensity radii for late pool fire in case of100 mm leak of Tri n -Butyl Amine Drums

Figure 7.34 Intensity radii for late pool fire in case of100 mm leak of Tri n -Butyl Amine Drums

Intensity radii for jet fire in case of 100 mm leak of Tri n -Butyl Amine Drums


EIA REPORT


Page 222

Figure 7.35 Intensity radii for jet fire in case of 100 mm leak of Tri n -Butyl Amine Drums

Intensity radii for jet fire in case of 100 mm leak of Tri n -Butyl Amine Drums

Figure 7.36 Intensity radii for jet fire in case of 100 mm leak of Tri n -Butyl Amine Drums Intensity radii for jet fire in case of 100 mm leak of Tri n -Butyl Amine Drums

Lrgend:

Figure 7.37 Intensity radii for jet fire in case of 100 mm leak of Tri n -Butyl Amine Drums


EIA REPORT


Page 223

Flash fire envelope in case of catastrophic rupture of Tri n -Butyl Amine Drums

Figure 7.38 Flash fire envelope in case of catastrophic rupture of Tri n -Butyl Amine Drums

Intensity radii for late pool fire in case of catastrophic rupture of Tri n -Butyl Amine Drums

Figure 7.39 Intensity radii for late pool fire in case of catastrophic rupture of Tri n - Butyl

Amine Drums Intensity radii for late pool fire in case of catastrophic rupture of Tri n -Butyl Amine Drums

Legend:

Figure 7.40 Intensity radii for late pool fire in case of catastrophic rupture of Tri n - Butyl Amine Drums

EIA REPORT



7.6. Conclusion

In above QRA study we found that this industry stored hazardouss material like

corrosive and flammable chemicals etc. In case of any leakage or fire the damage

distance and affected area shall be around 31m from the object during worst case. In case

of any corrosive release or spill , the concentration will be very high around 5m.

Disaster management plan/procedure to be followed in case of any spillage, release

and fire of hazardous material. Specific active and passive fire fighting system to be

provided.

7.7. Proposed Control Measures

To prevent fatalities, injuries and to reduce damage to buildings and contentsfollow

Workplace Emergency Planning & Preparednessprocedure:

1. Onsite emergency response plan will be prepared and implement.

2. Trained employees will be deployed for operation.

3. Adequate personal protective equipment will be provided to all working personnel.

4. Fire hydrant system and fire extinguishers will be installed.

5. Regular training programs will be conducted for enhancement of employees’

competence.

6. Safe operating procedures will be developed and implemented.

7. Visual display signage will be provided.

8. Material safety sheet and SOP will be displayed.

9. Safety appliances and equipment (Self-contained breathing apparatus, safety shower

etc.) will be provided.

7.8. Mitigation Measures General

Measures and Recommendations are asfollows:

Storage areas shall be free from accumulation of materials.

Non-freeze safety showers and eyewash fountains shall be provided, clearly marked, well

lit and with unobstructed access.

Periodic On Site Emergency Mock Drills and occasional Off Site Emergency Mock. Drills

to be conducted, so those staffs are trained and are in a state of preparedness to tackle

any emergency.

Safe operating procedure to be prepared for hazardous process and material handling

process.

EIA REPORT



Safety devices and control instruments to be calibrated once in a year.

Proper colour work as per IS 2379 to plant pipeline and tank, equipments to be done

once in a six month to protect from corrosion.

Preventive maintenance schedule to be prepared for all equipments.

Permit to work system to be implemented for hazardous work in the plant.

Fire hydrants shall be placed such that it should cover entire area.

Training to be imparted to operators and workers about handling of fire extinguishers and

firefighting systems.

Good safety management, strict adherence to safety management procedures and

competency assurance will reduce the risk.

Safe handling of solvent drum procedure should be defined at solvent yard.

Proper ventilation should be procured at solvent yard.

Electrical fittings in the solvent storage area should be as per Hazardous area

classification.

It is recommended to store the drums having flammable material at low height to avoid

accidental damage and fire hazards during the transfer of drums using forklifts.

Adequate ventilation system should be considered for the flammable material storage

area to avoid formation of explosive atmosphere in case of any leakage/Spillage.

Provision of earthing and bonding of apparatus handling flammable materials. The

earthing and bonding resistance should be inspected and tested periodically (good

engineering practice) and record of inspection should be maintained.

EIA REPORT



CHAPTER 8. PROJECT BENEFITS

8.1. Introduction

Growth in the industrial sector creates new opportunities for employment and can also help

diversify the economy. This is especially important given the high level of urbanization, and

growing levels of unemployment and poverty in many cities. Unemployment is particularly high

and an important factor in continued levels of low human well-being and slow growth. Synergistic

growth in the chemical industries could have positive spin-offs for the socio-economic

development. The use of chemical further leads to development in field of research and

development. This chapter describes about benefits of the project on improvements in the

physical infrastructure, social infrastructure, Employment potential in the region.

8.2. Improvement in the Social Infrastructure

From the very initial stage of the inception of the project, infrastructure development in and

around the project site has kept in consideration. Infrastructure development will be done based

on actual requirement of socio-economic development of the region. The infrastructure

development will be rolled out as part of company’s CSR activity.

8.3. CSR/CER Activities

Budgetary Cost

Total Project Cost : Rs. 375 Lacs Cost of CER : Rs (2.5 % of Total Project cost) Total Duration of the Project: 5 Years

Sr. No. CER Activity

Name of Implementing

Agency

Year Total

2018-19 2019-20 2020-21 2021-22 2022-23

1 R & D to

reduce the waste

minimization

Cleaner Production Cell, Gandhi

agar 7,600 7,700 9,000 10,300 15,400 50,000

2

Regular Monitoring

of the Environment

Status

NaBL/MoEF recognized Monitoring

Agency. 11,000 13,800 14,000 14,950 16,250 70,000

3 Free Medical

Camp in Study area

Medical Officer 47,100 49,000 52,700 54,200 57,000 2,60,000

4 Awareness program of

conservation Environmental

Consultant 13,000 21,000 23,500 23,500 24,000 1,05,000

EIA REPORT



like water, paper in

school boy in study area

5 Contribution

in Biogas plant of; villages

Environmental Consultant 19,900 21,300 29,300 35,000 41,000 1,46,500

6 Educational

Help in School

Medical Officer 20,500 22,000 33,500 37,000 37,000 1,50,000

7

Economic Help to the

poor children for education.

Unit Management

cell 15,600 29,750 31,200 39,450 40,000 1,56,000

Total ( Rs. in Lacs) 85,000 1,02,000 2,00,000 2,73,000 2,77,500 9,37,500

M/S Aditya color chem will initiate various CSR activities for the development and care of the

area and people.

The various CER activity under taken by M/S Aditya color chem include in annexure VIII.

The various CSR activities undertaken by M/S Aditya color chem include.

• There will be more employment generated due to the proposed project both during the construction phase and operation phase. On the basis of technical knowledge acquired by the local village youths, they will be providing with suitable employment Opportunity in the company.

• The labour force required during construction and operation phase shall be sourced from nearby village.

EIA REPORT



• Free medical checkup for villagers.

• Tree Plantation in rural areas.

• Provision of sanitation (toilets) facility.

• Funds will be provided to arrange extracurricular activities for nearby school and colleges.

• Special Health awareness camp and medical camps for primary check up will be arranged at least once in a year in nearby villages for health check-ups.

8.4. Economic Development

• This project will increase the economic activities around the area, creating avenues for

direct/ indirect employment during operation phase of the project. There would be a

wider economic impact in terms of generating opportunities for other business like

workshops, marketing, repair and maintenance tasks etc.

• This project will enhance India’s potential of supplying dyes to leading to step-up of

India’s position in global market sector and strengthening of Indian economy.

• The continuous inflow of people will require local transport systems like autos, taxis etc

which would help economic boost.

8.5. Employment Potential

The Project will create direct & indirect employment opportunities within the surrounding region.

The Unit will use good faith efforts to employ local people from the nearby villages depending

upon the availability of skilled & un-skilled man-power surrounding the project site. In operation

phase, the proposed project would require significant workforce of non-technical and technical

persons. Migration of highly education and skilled experience will result in increase of literacy in

the surrounding villages.

EIA REPORT



CHAPTER 9. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

9.1. Prelude

Environmental Management is basically resource management and environmental planning is

similar to development planning. The conventional resource management and development

planning look at the issues from narrow micro-economical point of view while environmental

management views the issues from the broader prospective of long term sustainable

development option, which ensures that the environment is not desecrated. An Environmental

Management Plan is prepared for construction phase, post construction phase (commissioning

and operation) and for post project phase. The environmental management plan is prepared to

minimize the impact of atmospheric emissions, liquid effluents, solid wastes & noise generation

on the surrounding environment.

The baseline settings of different relevant environmental components in the study area are

analyzed and potential impacts on those components due to the proposed project are

documented. The impacts on environment are found to be minimal during the study; however

additional measures are documented for operation phase for further improvement of

Environmental Quality in the form of an Environmental Management Plan (EMP).

Environment, Health and Safety (EHS)

• It is of utmost concern for a company to conduct its business in a manner that will

promote the protection of the occupational Health & Safety; Welfare of its employees and

others involved in or affected by its business operations and address the environmental

concerns regarding sustainable development.

• To be a responsive and responsible corporate citizen, we shall strive to achieve an

organizational culture of Safety, Health and Environmental excellence.

• As an integral part of the company’s business performance, the company shall declare

full commitment to achieve high levels of performance in Health, Safety and Environment.

• Continual improvements in Safety, Health and Environment shall be recognized as

essential for the future success of the company.

EIA REPORT



9.2. The Environmental Management Plan

An Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is prepared to mitigate and manage various

environmental impacts identified. The EMP presents the project specific guidelines on:

• Environmental management strategies

• Spill prevention and control

• Management of wastes and hazardous chemicals

• Air, water and soil quality protection

• Noise control

• Soil erosion control and slope stabilization

• Vegetation, wildlife and habitat protection

• Socio-economic and welfare considerations

• Risk and disaster management plan

• To prepare a checklist for statutory compliance

Due to its complexity and implications, the implementation of the EMP must be executed utilizing

a specific EMS framework. Once an EMP has been approved, it should provide the basis for

environmental considerations of all the activities carried out on the site by the appointed

personnel.

With respect to the various environmental impacts identified during the EIA stage, mitigation

measures to prevent or minimize the impacts are suggested for all the environmental

components.

The environmental management plan for the proposed project aims to mitigate the potentially

detrimental impacts on the environment, during an operation phase of the project. It is also

necessary that continued compliance with existing environmental regulations is ensured.

9.3. Objectives of Environmental Management Plan

While developing an EMP within the framework of an EMS, it is imperative to have clear

environmental objectives and delineate them. The key environmental management objectives for

this project are to avoid significant adverse environmental impacts and to ensure that where

impacts do occur they are mitigated. In addition, the project proponent aims to meet the following

specific objectives:

• To adopt operational methods that will limit environmental degradation.

• To protect physical environmental components such as air, water and soil.

EIA REPORT



• To improve workplace conditions for employees by reducing every kind of pollution and

improving workplace environment/atmosphere.

• To make budgetary provision and allocation of funds for environment management

system and to timely revision of budgetary provisions.

• To implement & ensure effective implementation of research and development program

for the innovative technologies for better environment, resource conservation/

recovery/recycling/reuse.

• To eliminate/reduce the possibility of potential hazard due to operations.

• To incorporate the views and perceptions of the local inhabitants in the project.

• To generate employment opportunities wherever possible and feasible.

• To provide advanced sophisticated safety system to ensure safety of the public at large.

• To establish a long term program to monitor effects of the project on the environment.

9.4. EMP for Construction Phase

There will not be any Environmental management plan required because there is no construction

and/or machinary installation work involved in the proposed Project.

9.4.1. Air Environment, Noise Environment, water environmrnt, soil/Land Environment, management of Solid and Hazardous waste, management of Socio- economic and cultural Environment.

There will not be any significant environmental impacts on the above aspects because there is

minimal construction and/or machiinary installation work involved in the proposed project. The

proposed project is of existing products as well as addition of new products to the existing

manufacturing unit of dyes. For the of production capacity, existing facilities will be utilized

and some machinery such as reactors, centrifuge, mill, etc. will be installed & some

foundation work will also be carried out as per requirement. Adequate mitigation measures will

be taken wherever feasible.

9.5. EMP for Operational Phase

Routine operational activities of the project would be associated with the following potentially

significant environmental impacts. These activities associated with the impacts as listed

hereunder:

Routine production activities:

• Domestic and industrial waste water treatment

• Management of Air, noise, land, water environment

EIA REPORT



• Transport of material

• Storage of raw material

• Fire/Explosion

The operational phase activities due to proposed project have the potential to cause long-term

environmental impacts. Cumulative impacts due to the air pollution are predicted using simulation

models as discussed in chapter 4.

Several control measures have been incorporated to minimize the generation of wastes and

subsequent environmental impacts during the operational phase. Strict adherence to these

pollution prevention and control measures will moderate the environmental impacts to the

minimum possible level during an operational phase. In general, the environmental management

plan during operational phase of the plant will be directed to the following:

• It will be ensured that all the pollution control/environment management systems are

commissioned before the commencement of operation of the project.

• Wherever possible, the control systems will be interlinked with the operational units, so

that failure of the control system will shut down the respective operational unit.

• Regular performance evaluation of the control systems will be undertaken to ensure their

optimum performance.

• Preventive maintenance schedule of the control systems will be matching with that of the

respective operational unit.

• Regular monitoring for various components of environment will be undertaken to ensure

effective functioning of pollution control measures as well as to safe guard against any

unforeseen changes in environment.

• Efforts will be made to ensure the maximum utilization of wastes generated.

• During the operational phase, there will not be any significant impacts on various

environmental components. Hence, the following Management Plan is recommended to

mitigate adverse impacts during operation phase:

EIA REPORT



9.5.2. Management of Air Environment

Emission at M/sAditya color chemis in the form of the particulate matters and gases from stack

attached to Boiler, Scrubber, DG Sets.

A) To control gaseous emissi.ons following measures are recommended:

• Regular monitoring of stacks and vent will be carried out to check the emissions. In case

emission exceeds, the corrective measures shall immediately be taken and records of the

same will be maintained.

• Regular ambient air quality monitoring shall be carried out within premises and nearby

area for PM2.5, PM10, SO2, NOx, HCl and VOCs.

• Emergency process Shut-down existence in case of any pollution control system deviation.

B) To control fugitive emissions following measures are recommended:

• Controlled emissions and provision of PPEs for the workers.

• Provision of mechanical seal in pumps.

• Regular inspection of tank roof seals.

• Adequate measures for the minimization/prevention of the fugitive emission.

• Regular maintenance of valves, pumps and other equipment to prevent leakage.

• Entire process is carried out in the closed reactors with proper maintenance of pressure

and temperature.

• Regular periodic monitoring of work area to check the fugitive emission.

• The unit will also provide adequate stack monitoring facilities for the periodic

monitoring of the stack to verify the compliance of the stipulated norms.

• Adequate stack heights as per the CPCB estimation will be provides at all locations to

reduce GLCs of pollutants.

• Greenbelt development shall be implemented to mitigate impacts from fugitive emissions.

About 30 % of the total area of project area is developed as a greenbelt.

• The air quality surveillance program will be undertaken for proposed and the program

may be strengthened properly keeping in view the combined maximum impacts from

post-project activities particularly in critical downwind directions. Moreover, in view of the

industrialization in the region, the possibility of an integrated ambient air quality-

monitoring program together with surrounding industries may be explored in consultation

with GPCB.

EIA REPORT



9.5.3. Management of Noise Environment

To minimize the noise pollution, the unit proposes the following noise control measures:

• Manufacturers/suppliers of major noise generating machines/equipments like air

compressors, feeder pumps, etc. shall be instructed to make required design

modifications wherever possible before supply and installation to mitigate the noise

generation and to comply with the regulatory norms with respect to noise generation.

• Periodic maintenance of machinery and vehicles should be undertaken to reduce the

noise impact.

• Employees should be provided with Personal Protective Equipments like earplugs or

earmuffs, wherever required.

• Extensive oiling, lubrication and preventive maintenance will be carried out for the

machineries and equipments to reduce noise generation.

• Areas with high noise levels will be identified and will include prominently displayed

caution boards.

• The green belt area is developed within industrial premises and around the periphery to

prevent the noise pollution in surrounding area.

• Noise monitoring shall be carried out to check the efficacy of maintenance schedules

undertaken to reduce noise levels and noise protection measures.

• Good quality digital sound level meter isin place to monitor noise level.

• The sources of intermittent noise generating equipment (water pumping equipment, DG

set, compressor etc.) are provided with appropriate acoustic barriers so that the noise

level remains within prescribed limits of CPCB.

• Implementation of greenbelt development/landscaping will reduce noise impacts within

the project premises to a great extent.

• It is recommend to measure and maintain records of noise level at various places within

and outside factory premises

EIA REPORT



9.5.4. Management of Water Environment

Water conservation measures shall be taken to optimize the fresh water requirement in proposed

project activities. Total fresh water requirement at M/s Aditya color chem shall meet through

Vatva GIDC. Total Water requirement of the proposed project for domestic & Industrial activity

during operation phase will be 41KLD.

The mitigation measures for minimizing the impacts on water environment in general includes

following:

• Optimum utilization of water resource.

• Minimize waste generation and facilitate treatment.

• Reuse/recycle and disposal.

• Use of high-pressure hoses for cleaning the floor to reduce the amount of wastewater

generated.

• Reducing the actual process water consumption by way of improvement in operation of

processing units. • Ensuring proper operation and maintenance schedule for the ETP. • Advance controls and instrumentation for operations and control and leak detection

techniques shall be implemented for this project.

• Record of the inlet water & wastewater outlet quantity and treated water/disposal

quantity shall be maintained.

• Treated water will be reused in flushing, gardening, colling and washing to minimize the

fresh water consumption.

9.5.5. Management of Land Environment

The management plan for this component of environment lays emphasis on development of

greenbelt comprising of appropriately selected species of shrubs and trees. Plantation has been

made on sites, road sides and around waste treatment units. Such a development of greenbelt

and plantation of shrubs and trees will not only significantly reduce or mitigate adverse impacts

due to aerosols and gaseous pollutants, noise, odour nuisance etc, but also, serve as shelter

belts for avifauna, stabilize and improve soil permeability and aesthetic environment.

9.5.6. Management of Solid and Hazardous Waste

Waste is an unavoidable byproduct of human activity. Economic development, rapid urbanization

& improved living standards have led to the increase in quantity & complexity of the waste

generated. Proper disposal of waste is essential for preservation and improvement of public

health.

Solid waste management is one of the most essential services for maintaining the quality of life in

the plant and for ensuring better standards of health and sanitation. Solid waste generated in the

plant area can be handled under two main categories, namely domestic wastes and industrial

EIA REPORT



wastes. Effective measures will be taken to effectively implement the solid waste management

systems in the plant. Solid waste will be handed over to authorized vendor for disposal.

The Hazardous waste will be handled as per Hazardous and other Wastes (Management and


The hazardous wastes generated such as used oil, Distillation residues, Waste residues, spent

solvents, Hydrobromic acid, Ammonium Chloride, ETP Sludge, Oil & grease skimming, Filter

material, discarded product material (R & D basis) and Discarded containers generated from the

proposed project shall be collected in barrels and shall be sold to the authorized recyclers or

CHWTSDF site or authorized vendor identified by the GPCB/CPCB.

General Guidelines for Waste Management:

1. Solid Waste

• The solid waste shall be segregated as bio-degradable and non-biodegradable.

• The organic waste will be segregated and handed over to outside agency for disposal.

• The non-biodegradable (inorganic) waste shall be handed over to authorized recycler for

further handling and disposal.

• Reuse of paper and plastic waste.

• Planned system for waste collection, segregation and disposal.

2. Hazardous waste

• Hazardous waste will be stored in proper storage room and handed over to authorized

vendor for final disposal.

• The collection, storage and disposal of hazardous waste will be as per Hazardous and

other Wastes (Management and Transboundary Movement) Rules, 2016, and hence no

adverse impact on land environment is envisaged.

9.5.7. Management of Hazardous Raw materials

The Hazardous raw materials will be handled with every care and precautions. SOP will be

followed for handling the chemicals. The list of raw materials and storage is given in chapter-2.

9.5.8. Management of Biological Environment

• Wastewater (Effluents) generated by industry and domestic wastewater (sewage) will be

treated adequately. No contaminated water will be allowed to enter the surrounding

environment or surface water body.

• Green beltis developed all along the boundary of the installation by choosing fast growing

and resistant varieties suitable to the soil conditions in the site (native plants) and special

care will be taken to maintain it.

EIA REPORT



• Survival rate of the planted trees will be closely monitored in the green belt and the trees

which could not survive should be counted.

• There will be a waste management plan developed for categorization and handling of

wastes.

9.5.9. Management of Socio-economic factors

• In order to mitigate the impacts likely to arise out of the proposed project and also to

maintain goodwill of local people for the proposed project, it is necessary to take steps for

improving the social environment. Necessary social welfare measures by the industry will

be useful in gaining public confidence depending on local requirement.

• Some basic amenities, viz. safe drinking water supply, regular medical checkup in the

villages will be taken up.

• Formal and informal training to be provided to the employees of the effected villages due

to the project will be taken up on priority basis. Job oriented skill training, courses may be

organized.

• Personal protective facilities like helmets, safety (gas) mask/safety dress, shoes etc. are

ensured for all workers, engaged in operation.

9.5.10. Management of Traffic

• Two gates, one for entry and the other for exit are provided with 8m wide approach roads.

• Convex mirror placed along all critical points for visibility.

• Adequate Ramp Feeds will be provided.

• Flow of traffic is eased out by providing adequate entries and exits space.

• Zebra crossings shall be provided on the existing road for pedestrian access.

• Entry and exit is managed by security personnel who also regulate the traffic.

• Thus the traffic management will be easily and smoothly monitored without any

hindrances to the regular flow of traffic on the main road.

9.6. Additional Mitigation Measures

In addition to the above suggested measures for management of air, water, soil, traffic etc

following additional measures shall be provided.

9.6.1. Water Conservation

Water conservation will be practiced to the extent possible by use of reclaimed water for all non

potable application like gardening, lawns, floor washing, flushing toilets etc.

A. Minimizing Water Consumption

Combination of water saving appliances and water management measures will be planned in the

plant. The message of water conservation will be spread to all occupiers on site by way of

EIA REPORT



awareness campaigns and circulars. Specific measures that will be implemented include the

following:

B. Management Measures

• Reduce toilet cistern volume in single flush models.

• Promote awareness on water conservation and reducing water wastage.

• Quick fixing of leaking taps pipes and toilet cisterns.

• Sweep with a broom and pan where possible, rather than hose down external areas.

C. Water Saving Investments

• Reduce water delivery in taps and showers, through the installation of low flow devices or

aerators on showerheads.

• Spring-loaded taps.

• Installation of sub-meters on key areas of water use-monitoring is a precursor for

management.

• Water Efficient Plumbing Fixtures.

EIA REPORT



9.6.2. Energy Conservation

Energy conservation measures are often the easiest, quickest and cheapest way to reduce costs

and be environmentally pro-active. Energy conservation will be one of the focuses during

planning and operation stages. The conservation efforts would consist of the following:

A. Architectural design

• Public areas will be cooled by natural ventilation as opposed to air-conditioning.

• Maximize the use of natural lighting through design.

B. Energy Saving Practices

• Purchase of energy efficient appliances.

• Constant monitoring of energy consumption and defining targets for energy conservation.

• Adjusting the settings and illumination levels to ensure minimum energy used for desired

comfort levels.

• Condensates are recovered and send back to boiler.

• Proper temperature controls are provided to reduce load on heating systems.

• Proper load factor is maintained by the company.

• Company will adopt good maintenance practices and will maintain good housekeeping

which will help in better illumination levels with least number of fixtures.

• On most of roofs transparent acrylic sheets are provided to use day light and to stop use

of lights during day time.

• CFL/LED lamps are provided, wherever applicable.

• To the extent possible and technically feasible, energy efficient equipment is selected.

• Gravity flow is preferred wherever possible to save pumping energy.

• Recycling of water will have done.

C. Behavioral change on consumption

• Awareness on energy conservation.

• Training to staffs on methods of energy conservation.

EIA REPORT



D. Solar Architectural Features

The proposed project will provide enough day light factors in the building to permit maximum day

light to interior to minimize overall energy consumption.

These features will also minimize the impact of climate both in summer and in winter and as a

result, the use of electricity will likely to be reduced.

E. Thermal Characteristics of Building Envelope

Focusing on the high performance energy efficient U & R values can bring down the building

energy consumption i.e. the operational cost for any commercial buildings. To evaluate the

energy performance, the heat transfer coefficient (U-value) and Resistance (R) factors are to be

considered for the building.

9.6.3. Storm Water Management

Surface drainage has designed based on the maximum rainfall intensity prevalent in the area.

Storm water drains is already constructed & channelized to underground Water. Storm water

from the entire plot is collected through network of storm drains.

9.6.4. Green Belt Development

An ideal green belt always imparts scenic beauty besides providing roosting/perching place for

birds and ground surface for naturally available reptiles, other flora and fauna species, to make

the area more natural and hazard free.

Most of the trees will be retained at site so as to minimize adverse impact on flora and fauna. It

is proposed to add local fast growing species for landscaping. Development of green belt with

carefully selected native plant species is of prime importance due to their capacity to reduce

noise and air pollution impacts by attenuation/assimilation and for providing food and habitat

for local macro and micro fauna. This not only overcomes the problem but also enhances the

beauty of area that will attract bird and insect species and by this way ecology of the area will

maintain to a great extent. For developing the greenbelt in and around proposed project sites

care need to be taken to plant the evergreen species. The planting of evergreen species may

have certain advantages that may reduce the environmental pollution.

Preparation of Greenbelt Plan

The greenbelt is of a suitable width where addition saplings will be provided along the periphery

of project site area including unit complex, space between the units located within the project,

along the roads.

EIA REPORT



Greenbelt Area Details

A. Within project site

Green belt will developed in 492.7 square meters(Approx. 30%) area of the total plot area.

Additional saplings will be planted on the periphery of the boundary of the plot.

B. Roadside Plantation

Roadside plantation plays a very important role for greening the area, increasing the shady area,

increasing aesthetic value and for eco-development of the area. The approach roads to project

site will be planted with flowering trees.

The trees should be tall in peripheral curtain plantation and with large and spreading canopy in

primary and secondary attenuation zone. It is also recommended to plant few trees, which are

sensitive to air pollution as air pollution indicator.

Green belt Development in premises

Unit has proposed492.7 square metersgreenbelt area within plant premises (Approx.30% of the

total area) as per CPCB norms. It is proposed to plant additional local, fast growing species with

adequate spacing and density for their fast growth and survival for landscaping.

9.6.5. Odour Management Plan

Odour Problem and Sources of Emissions

• Causes of odour can be bad sanitation, bacterial growth in the interconnecting pipes &

unattended drains etc.

Remedial Measures

• Better management to avoid staling.

• Use of sanitation biocides to minimize the growth of aerobic/anaerobic micro–organisms.

• Steaming of major pipe lines.

• Proper cleaning of drains.

• Regular use of bleaching powder in the drains to avoid growth of sulphur decomposing

micro-organisms to control H2S generation. Following Additional methods can also be used to reduce odour nuisance:

• Green belt development in the buffer zone may help at least partially to mitigate /

obfuscate the odour.

• Ensuring that the operation is carried out under the best management practices.

• If still the odour persists then the nozzles, sprayers and atomizers that spray ultra-fine

particles of water or chemicals can be used along the boundary lines of area sources to

EIA REPORT



suppress odour.

9.6.6. Safety measures to prevent the Occupational Health Hazards

• Pollution Control system will be installed.

• Proper storage tanks will be designed.

• Electrical equipments will be properly earthed & lock out/tag out, electrical isolation

method shall be developed & displayed at required locations.

• Proper training shall be given to all the employees at regular time period to bring

awareness among the employees.

9.6.7. Social welfare measures for future planning

To provide materials and monetary aid to schools, primary health centers, hospitals and places

of worship.

• Planning to create more effective medical, educational and recreational facilities for our

employees.

• Rural Development Programmers for up liftmen of people in the form of de-addiction,

self-help, vocational training and guidance etc.

• Contributed in any welfare society.

• Adoption of Local School/Slum for up liftmen of locals.

9.7. Summary of Environment Management Plan and Actions

A summary of the recommended measures or actions proposed with respect to the various

envisaged impacts as a part of Environment Management Plan is given inbelow table:

Table 9.1 Summary of Environmental Management Plan

Sr. N o.

Environmental Component

Potential Impacts

Potential source of

Impact

Controls though EMP and Design

Impact Evaluation

1. Water Water contamination

Operation phase: Discharge of domestic wastewater

• Domestic waste water will be treated in ETP followed by RO.

No adverse impact

EIA REPORT



Surface runoff from site Generation of industrial waste water

• Storm Water Management has already been Provided to prevent runoff and water logging. Waste water will be treated in ETP followed by RO and treated water will be reused for cooling, flushing, gardening & washing

Positive impact No adverse impact

EIA REPORT



Sr. N o.


Potential Impacts

Potential source of

Impact


Impact Evaluation

2. Air Quality Particulate & gaseous emissions of SPM, SO2, NOx

Operation Phase: DG Set

• Applicable height of stack will be maintained. • Periodic maintenance of DG set & monitoring will be carried out.

No significant impact

Particulate & gaseous emissions of SPM, SO2, NOx

Emissions from vehicular traffic.

• Adequate wide approach road is proposed for smooth vehicular movement. • Approach road side plantation will further act as sink to gaseous emission.


Flue gas emissions & process gaseous emissions

Boiler, Process reactor

• Adequate stack height is provided for flue gas emissions. • Scrubber is provided for process gaseous emissions.


3. Noise Increase in noise level

Operation Phase: Vehicles movement

• Wide road and ample parking space are provided. Vehicles with inbuilt silencer shall be allowed in the site.


Pumps, compressors & other machineries

• Adequate baffling and mufflers are provided.


D.G. sets operations

• Generator with inbuilt muffler is

No impact.

EIA REPORT



Sr. N o.


Potential Impacts

Potential source of

Impact


Impact Evaluation

provided. • Ear plugs shall be provided to operators of DG set. • Periodic maintenance & monitoring of DG set for noise level.

4. Land Land contamination

Operation Phase: Municipal solid waste like rubbish, paper, plastic garbage etc.

• Efficient solid waste collection and storage facility is proposed.


Segregation of waste as biodegradable and non biodegradable waste will be done and shall be handed over to authorized vendor/recycler.


Hazardous wastes like used oil, discarded containers, used filter cloths etc.

• All the hazardous waste will be properly stored & disposed off to CHWTSDF site or sold to the authorized vendor for reuse/recycling.


5.

Biodiversity

Impact on Flora & Fauna

Operational Phase: Increase of green cover

• Green belt w i l l developed as per Landscaping plan at site and periphery of the boundary.

Positive impact

6.

Traffic Pattern

Increase of vehicular

movements

Operational Phase: Traffic due to commercial once the site is operational

• Vehicular movement will be regulated inside the site with adequate roads and parking shall be provided.

Insignificant impact

EIA REPORT



Sr. N o.


Potential Impacts

Potential source of

Impact


Impact Evaluation

7.

Socio- Economic

Increase in Job opportunities

Operational Phase

Socio-economic development through CSR activity will be made

Positive impact

The Environmental Management Plan shall be effectively implemented so that optimum benefit

could be achieved. The Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan shall be synchronized

with the operational schedule.

EIA REPORT



9.8. Findings

From the foregoing sections it is clear that environmental considerations are foremost during

operational phase of the project.

The following findings are to be mentioned:

• The Project will have no significant environmental impacts during operational phase.

• Project risks will be minimized through rigorous enforcement of international design and

operational standards.

• The environmental and safety aspects of the project are straightforward and well

understood.

• A detailed environmental impact study is carried out and EMP will be implemented. No

further studies are required to elaborate these subjects.

The EMP also provides for establishing, and maintaining a system of environmental monitoring

and auditing to ensure strict compliance of all the measures identified in the EMP, and minimize

adverse environmental and social impacts.

9.9. Conclusions

During operation phase of the project, none of the routine activities will cause any noticeable

impact on any component of the environment, including the socio-economic component.

Provision of green belt, storm water management and energy conservation shall further facilitate

in overall scenario management of Environment.

Thus, it can be concluded on a positive note that after the implementation of the mitigation

measures and Environmental Management Plan, the proposed project shall have negligible

impact on environment and will benefit the local people and economy.

EIA REPORT



CHAPTER 10. CONCLUSION

The present report is based on the work carried out by M/s. Green Circle Inc. baseline data

collection carried out by them only. The EIA report contains in depth study on Environmental

quality and Environmental Management Plan to mitigate the impacts including Risk

Assessment and Disaster Management Plan.The project is technically, environmentally and

socioeconomically viable and is beneficial at local level, state level and national level.

The project M/s Aditya color chem seems to be safety conscious and aware about impacts of

industrial projects and is environment friendly.

We may conclude as under:

• The project proponent will follow all the statutory norms and guidelines as per EPA, 1986

to safeguard environment..

• Ambient Air Quality of the project site are concerned viz. SPM (PM10 & PM2.5), SO2 and

NOx, their concentrations in the ambient air at the proposed site were observed to be well

within the prescribed limits.

• The operational phase noise shall be within industrial premises which will not exceed 75

dB (A).

• No significant impact is seen on flora and fauna.

• The project will generate employment opportunities during an operational stage. The

standard of living of local people due to employment is likely to be better, so we may say

that it is positive socio-economic impact. The region will get economic boost.

Overall, the project will have positive impact for socio-economic and cultural development.

EIA REPORT



CHAPTER 11. DISCLOSURE BY CONSULTANT

EIA Team Members:

The EIA team engaged in the preparation of EIA report consists of professionals with

multidisciplinary skills and experience required for undertaking this project. The EIA

involved in various stages of planning to final report preparation is given below in table:

Name

Designation

Key Responsibility

Area

Signature

Mr.Pradeep Joshi

GroupPresident &CEO

TeamLeader

Mr.VikashBhagat

Assistant Manager–

EIA &EE

ReviewofReport

Ms.Dishapatel

SeniorExecutive- Environment

Report Preparation

Ms.Sandhya

Agnihotri

Executive-

Environment

Report

Preparation

Mr.Bipeen Gadhe

Assistant Manager- RMS

RiskAssessment Report

Preparation

Mr.Ram Raghav

Assistant Manager-

EL& R

BaselineReport

Preparation